You are on page 1of 344

COMPLETION

FLUIDS
Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Chapter 1
DIVALENT BRINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Calcium Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Calcium Bromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Calcium Chloride and Calcium Bromide . . . . 12
Calcium Chloride, Calcium Bromide,
Zinc Bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Blending Tables
U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Chapter 2
MONOVALENT BRINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Sodium Chloride (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Potassium Chloride (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Ammonium Chloride (Dry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Sodium Bromide (Liquid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Sodium Bromide (Dry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sodium Formate (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Potassium Formate (Liquid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Potassium Formate (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Cesium Formate (Liquid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Miscellaneous Blends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Blending Tables
U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Chapter 3
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Chapter 4
QHSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Chapter 5
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

ii
Chapter 6
TESTING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
RDF Testing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Chapter 7
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Chapter 8
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL . . . . . . . . 81
Chapter 9
CORROSION INHIBITION AND
PACKER FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Chapter 10
FILTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chapter 11
SPEEDWELL* TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Chapter 12
INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Chapter 13
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Chapter 14
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES . . . . . . . . 141
Chapter 15
LIST OF PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

iii
INTRODUCTION
M-I SWACO* provides a complete line of reser-
voir drill-in, completion and workover fluids
and additives that help make oil and gas wells
more productive. The company also offers fluid
reclamation and filtration services comple-
mented by a complete line of scrapers and
brushes for internal cleaning of casing, liners
and risers.
This manual provides information and tech-
nical data to support these systems and assist
in their management during well design and
field operations.

iv Go To Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
With the recent proliferation of horizontal
wellbores and open-hole completions, many
drilling and completion engineers now consider
the completion operation to begin as soon as
the drill bit enters the productive interval.
Therefore, it is necessary to plan procedures
and implement practices to reduce formation
damage and maximize productivity at the
earliest possible stage. Proper selection and
application of the completion fluid is an inte-
gral part of this process.
Completion fluid can be defined as any fluid
pumped downhole to conduct operations after
the initial drilling of a well. Workover fluids are
those used during remedial operations after a
well has been completed and produced oil and/
or gas. Clear, solids-free brine completion/
workover fluids serve to control downhole for-
mation pressures while reducing the risk of
permanent formation damage (permeability
damage) resulting from solids invasion or some
form of incompatibility between the comple-
tion fluid and the in situ matrix. The clear brines
used for completion and workover applications
are pure solutions of dissolved salt in water and
must be stable at surface and downhole con-
ditions. Depending on the application, other
completion/workover fluid types are some-
times used, including solids-laden, oil-base
and emulsions. For the purpose of this docu-
ment, no distinction is made between comple-
tion and workover fluids and the terms are used
interchangeably throughout. Packer fluids are
those that fill the annular volume above a pro-
duction packer. The term reservoir drill-in fluid
refers to a drilling fluid designed specifically
for the productive interval. Drill-in fluids are

v Go To Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
designed to minimize damage to the interval,
typically by eliminating insoluble solids such as
barite, minimizing the total solids content and
formulating such that a thin, resilient, remov-
able, non-damaging filter cake is placed.
Among the typical operations in which
clear brines are applied are well kills, fishing,
perforating, washing, drilling and gravel pack-
ing and as packer fluids. In order to perform the
desired function, completion fluids must con-
trol formation pressures, circulate and trans-
port solids, protect the productive zone, be
stable under surface and downhole conditions,
be safely handled, be environmentally friendly
or used with controlled exposure, and be cost
effective. Completion fluids have no purpose
within the formation and may in fact reduce
the permeability. The operator has two choices:
1) minimize fluid losses to the formation and
2) use a formation-compatible fluid and accept
partial losses.
Clear brine completion fluids are formulated
and applied in the field according to perform-
ance specifications that ensure well control
with minimal permeability reduction. These
specifications are not always expressly iden-
tified but should always be understood and
assigned. Density and solids content (expressed
as clarity NTU) are typical performance
specifications for clear brine, although selec-
tion of a particular completion fluid according
to these alone can be dangerous to the produc-
tivity of a well. Proper density is necessary for
pressure control.
Clarity is necessary to eliminate formation
plugging by solids. In addition to these, the all-
encompassing term formation compatible is

vi Go To Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
also a requirement and must not be overlooked.
In order to select a completion or workover
fluid appropriate for the application, one must
understand the various types and properties
of clear brine fluids. The remainder of this sec-
tion provides this introductory information.
Types and Properties
The most common types of completion fluids
are selected from those listed in Table 1.

Table 1
Density Typical
Range Density
Brine Type (lb/gal) (lb/gal)
NaCl 8.33 10.0 8.4 10.0
KCl 8.33 9.7 8.4 9.0
NH4Cl 8.33 8.9 8.4 8.7
NaBr 8.33 12.7 10.0 12.5
NaCl/NaBr 8.33 12.5 10.0 12.5
NaHCO2 8.33 11.1 9.0 10.5
KHCO2 8.33 13.3 10.8 13.1
NaHCO2/KHCO2 8.33 13.1 8.4 12.7
KHCO2/CsHCO2 8.33 20.0 13.1 18.3
CaCl2 8.33 11.8 9.0 11.6
CaBr2 8.33 15.3 12.0 14.2
CaCl2/CaBr2 8.33 15.1 11.7 15.1
ZnBr2 12 21.0 19.2 21.0
ZnBr2/CaBr2 12 19.2 14.0 19.2
ZnBr2/CaBr2/CaCl2 12 19.1 14.2 19.2
CsHCO2 8.33 20.0 13.2 19.2

vii Go To Table of Contents


INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
Density and Blending
The density of clear brine is obtained by dis-
solving salt in water. The density achieved is
directly related to the amount of salt in solu-
tion. Table 2 shows the maximum solubility
of standard completion-fluid salts in water at
room temperature.

Table 2: Maximum Solubility of Salt in Water


one bbl at room temperature
Sol Density Specific lb lb
Salt wt % (lb/gal) Gravity Salt Water
Sodium 26 10.0 1.200 109 311
Chloride
Potassium 24 9.7 1.164 98 309
Chloride
Sodium 46 12.7 1.525 245 288
Bromide
Calcium 40 11.8 1.416 198 298
Chloride
Calcium 57 15.3 1.837 366 277
Bromide
Zinc 78 21.0 2.521 688 194
Bromide
Sodium 50 11.1 1.329 231 235
Formate
Potassium 78 13.3 1.595 434 125
Formate
Cesium 84 19.17 2.30 676.3 128.8
Formate

The data in Table 2 demonstrates that the


solubility of these salts in water is extremely
high, capable of producing densities up to
21 lb/gal (2.52 SG). It is also evident that as the
solubility increases, the ratio of salt-to-water

viii Go To Table of Contents


INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
becomes increasingly small. In fact, the satu-
rated solutions of several of these systems
contain more salt than water. This fact is
extremely important. It defines much of the
special chemistry and properties of high-
density completion fluids.
Commercial completion brines are often
prepared with a combination of dry salts and
liquid stock fluids. Some salts such as NaCl
and KCl are produced as dry material, i.e., they
are mined or formed through simple evapora-
tion. Other brines like sodium bromide, potas-
sium formate, calcium chloride and calcium
bromide are manufactured as liquids. The dry
salts are obtained only after processing the
liquid. This process is energy consumptive and
expensive, so, solutions prepared with these
salts are generally more expensive than their
all-liquid-blended counterparts. Zinc bromide
is produced only in the liquid form. Table 3 lists
commercially available stock fluids and dry
salts. Comparing Tables 2 and 3 indicates the
stock fluids are not produced as saturated solu-
tions. In this way, the crystallization temper-
ature is low enough as to allow storage in
unheated tanks.

ix Go To Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
Table 3
Stock Fluids that are Manufactured as Liquids
11.6 lb/gal (1.39) [38%] CaCl2 (U.S.)
11.3 lb/gal (1.36) [35%] CaCl2 (Europe)
12.5 lb/gal (1.50) [45%] NaBr
14.2 lb/gal (1.70) [52%] CaBr2
13.1 lb/gal (1.57) [78%] KHCO2
19.2 lb/gal (2.30) [53% / 23%] ZnBr2 / CaBr2
18.3 lb/gal (2.20) Cesium Formate
20.5 lb/gal (2.46) ZnBr2

Fluids Prepared From Salts


10 lb/gal (1.20) NaCl Stock, 3 to 8% KCl, 3-8% NH4Cl

Stock Salts
NaCl, NaBr, KCl, NH4Cl, CaCl2, CaBr2, NaHCO2, KHCO2

Standard brine tables follow that provide


the necessary data to blend various clear brine
fluids to a specific density. Simple blending
calculations are also included. To blend fluids
to achieve a specific crystallization tempera-
ture (see TCT) or, to blend to a lowest-cost
density, consult an M-I SWACO completion
fluids representative.

x Go To Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
Crystallization Temperature (TCT)
As salt is dissolved in water, it lowers the freez-
ing point of the solution until the eutectic
point is reached. The eutectic temperature
represents the lowest temperature on the
saltwater phase diagram. Increasing the salt
concentration beyond the eutectic raises the
crystallization point. The concentration at
which the solution is saturated is a function of
its temperature. As shown in Table 2, calcium
chloride is soluble in water to a final concen-
tration of 40-wt % at room temperature. This
solution is referred to as saturated at room
temperature. If the solution is cooled, salt will
precipitate from solution. If the solution is
heated, additional salt can be dissolved. That
temperature, at which a salt is saturated, is
called the True Crystallization Temperature
(TCT). There are many instances where the
crystallization temperature of brine is a
primary selection criterion. For example, when
stored in cold weather or when used offshore
where the seawater may be cold, the temper-
ature at which a salt solution crystallizes (TCT)
is an important consideration. Figures 2 and
3 show crystallization curves for various
completion fluids. Pressure increases the crys-
tallization point of a brine solution when the
concentration of salt is above the eutectic con-
centration. See section 5 for a discussion of the
effect of pressure on TCT.

xi Go To Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
Figure 2: Crystallization curves for
CaCl2 and CaBr2

Temperature ( F)
55

35

15

25

45
Eutectic pt

65 Eutectic pt

8.3 9.1 9.9 10.7 11.5 12.3 13.1 13.9 14.7 15.1
Density (lb/gal)

TCT (CaBr2) TCT (CaCl2)

Figure 3: Crystallization curves


for KCl, NaCl and CaCl2

Temperature ( F)
60

40

20

0 Eutectic
pt

20
Eutectic pt

40

60
Eutectic pt
80
8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Density (lb/gal)

Potassium Chloride
Sodium Chloride
Calcium Chloride

xii Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
COMPLETION FLUIDS

1.
MANUAL
Chapter 1
DIVALENT BRINES

Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Chloride
Calcium chloride is available either as a con-
centrated solution or as a dry powder. The solu-
tion is manufactured at two different densities
depending on the source, i.e., 11.6 lb/gal (1.392 SG)
and 11.3 lb/gal (1.356 SG). Liquid calcium chlo-
ride is the most economical form. The anhy-
drous (94 to 97%) form of CaCl2 is used at the
rigsite to adjust fluid density.
The dry form of calcium chloride contains
trace amounts of insoluble contaminants that
cause brines mixed on location to be more tur-
bid than premixed brines. These contaminants
should be filtered out of solution before use.
With addition of dry calcium chloride to
freshwater, a great deal of heat is generated.
Adding the solid calcium chloride too rapidly
can result in enough heat to bring the temper-
ature of the solution to over 200 F (93.3 C).
Safe handling must be exercised to avoid being
burned by the hot liquid or equipment.
Less heat is produced when the concen-
trated solution is diluted to prepare the desired
density. As a result, problems related to heat are
generally not encountered.
Personnel protective equipment must be
used when mixing brines with dry calcium
chloride. This material will generate dust that is
hygroscopic and will also generate heat as it
absorbs moisture from the atmosphere or from
skin. Exposure to this dust must be avoided.
Formation waters or seawater should not
be used to prepare calcium chloride completion
fluids because sodium chloride and/or insoluble
calcium salts may precipitate.

11 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide
Calcium Bromide (CaBr2) brine systems are
single-salt solutions used to form clear-brine
workover and completion fluids with densities
ranging from 8.4 to 15.3 lb/gal (1.404 to 1.812 SG).
The desired density is obtained by mixing stan-
dard 14.2 lb/gal (1.704 SG) calcium bromide brine
with dry calcium bromide (or water) or by simply
mixing dry calcium bromide in water. Calcium
bromide systems exhibit lower crystallization
points than the corresponding calcium bromide/
calcium chloride fluids.
Calcium bromide systems provide inhibition,
preventing the hydration and migration of
swelling clays, and can be used for packer fluids
or to adjust the density of other brine systems.
Calcium bromide brine systems can be formu-
lated with various crystallization points and are
available for special applications and winter use.

Calcium Chloride and Calcium Bromide


Clear brines having a density range of 11.7 lb/gal
(1.404 SG) and 15.1 lb/gal (1.813 SG) are prepared
using a combination of calcium chloride and
calcium bromide. Liquid CaCl2, pelletized calcium
chloride, concentrated liquid CaBr2, or solid cal-
cium bromide powder are used in combination
to prepare these brines. CaBr2 concentrate is
produced at a density of 14.2 lb/gal (1.705 SG).
Calcium bromide costs approximately ten
times as much as calcium chloride. When TCT
and density requirements allow, field-prepared
brines should contain as much calcium chloride
as is practical.

12 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES
Increasing the density of a CaCl2-CaBr2
blended brine by adding dry salts can cause
wellsite problems unless proper blending tech-
niques are employed. For example, the addition
of calcium bromide powder to a saturated blend
can result in the precipitation of calcium chlo-
ride. Under these conditions, both water and
calcium bromide must be added to avoid precip-
itation. An example of this is provided at the
end of this section.
High-density, solids-free brines ranging up
to 15.3 lb/gal (1.837 SG) can be prepared using
either calcium bromide or the combination of
calcium bromide and calcium chloride. The ratio
of bromide-to-chloride in any particular density
determines the True Crystallization Temperature
(TCT), or freezing point. Crystallization tem-
perature must always be considered when
blending brines of any type, however, the
chloride-bromide brines are particularly sensi-
tive because small changes in the ratio of the
two salts can result in significant changes in
TCT. Environmental factors such as surface tem-
perature, water depth and water temperature
and the influence of pressure on the crystal-
lization point are important considerations and
must be taken into account when formulating
the appropriate blend.
High-density slugs are used to ensure that
a dry string is pulled when coming out of the
hole. This is an important safety consideration
since calcium bromide brines can be irritating
to the skin and eyes.
When solid calcium bromide is added to
freshwater, considerable heat is released. Care
must be taken to avoid getting splashed by the
hot liquid or burned by hot equipment. Unlike

13 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES
calcium chloride, this is not a problem when
liquid calcium bromide is added to water
because very little heat is generated.

Calcium Chloride, Calcium Bromide


and Zinc Bromide
Concentrated zinc bromide-calcium bromide
solutions are manufactured to a density of
19.2 lb/gal (2.305 SG). Solution densities
between 14.0 to 19.2 lb/gal (1.681 to 2.305 SG)
are prepared by blending this 19.2 lb/gal
(2.305 SG) stock fluid with lower density
calcium bromide or calcium bromide-calcium
chloride brines. The three-salt formulations are
less expensive due to the presence of calcium
chloride. As with the lower density chloride-
bromide brines, special blend formulations
are used to achieve a specific density and TCT.
Zinc bromide or zinc bromide-calcium bro-
mide solutions of up to 20.5 lb/gal (2.46 SG) are
also available in smaller quantities for slugging
or spiking purposes. When agitated in pits
which are exposed to the atmosphere for as lit-
tle as 4 hrs, the density of these concentrated
liquids can decrease by as much as 0.02 lb/gal
(2.397 kg/m3). A calm solution does not pick up
moisture as readily and will not lose density as
quickly. To prevent absorption of moisture from
the atmosphere, these high-density brines
should be mixed and stored in covered tanks.

14 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for one barrel fluid
Density CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
8.3 0.0 0.0000 0.00% 0 0 32
8.4 3.8 0.9989 1.00% 3,641 6,443 32
8.5 9.4 0.9951 2.50% 9,212 16,298 30
8.6 14.9 0.9914 3.90% 14,540 25,724 29
8.7 20.4 0.9875 5.30% 19,989 35,365 27
8.8 26.0 0.9836 6.70% 25,560 45,221 25
8.9 31.6 0.9796 8.00% 30,866 54,608 24
9.0 37.2 0.9755 9.40% 36,675 64,886 22
9.1 42.9 0.9714 10.70% 42,211 74,680 20
9.2 48.6 0.9671 11.90% 47,461 83,968 18
9.3 54.3 0.9627 13.20% 53,218 94,153 15
9.4 60.1 0.9583 14.50% 59,087 104,538 13
9.5 65.9 0.9537 15.70% 64,658 114,394 10
9.6 71.7 0.9491 16.90% 70,333 124,433 7
9.7 77.5 0.9443 18.10% 76,111 134,657 4
9.8 83.4 0.9395 19.30% 81,994 145,065 1
9.9 89.4 0.9346 20.40% 87,552 154,897 3
10.0 95.3 0.9296 21.60% 93,638 165,666 7
10.1 101.3 0.9245 22.70% 99,391 175,843 12
10.2 107.3 0.9193 23.80% 105,239 186,190 16
10.3 113.4 0.9140 24.90% 111,182 196,705 22
10.4 119.4 0.9086 26.00% 117,221 207,389 27
10.5 125.6 0.9031 27.00% 122,900 217,436 33
10.6 131.7 0.8975 28.10% 129,125 228,450 39
10.7 137.9 0.8918 29.10% 134,982 238,812 46
10.8 144.1 0.8860 30.20% 141,394 250,155 51
10.9 150.4 0.8801 31.20% 147,428 260,831 36
Continues on next page

15 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for one barrel fluid
Density CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
11.0 156.7 0.8741 32.20% 153,549 271,661 22
11.1 163.0 0.8680 33.20% 159,757 282,644 10
11.2 169.4 0.8618 34.20% 166,052 293,780 2
11.3 175.8 0.8555 35.20% 172,433 305,070 13
11.4 182.2 0.8491 36.10% 178,407 315,639 22
11.5 188.7 0.8426 37.10% 184,957 327,228 31
11.6 195.2 0.8360 38.10% 191,594 338,970 38
11.7 201.7 0.8293 39.00% 197,810 349,969 44
11.8 208.1 0.8227 39.90% 204,105 361,105 50
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

16 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)


Blending 11.6 lb/gal CaCl2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
CaCl2
Density 11.6 lb/gal Water TCT
70 F bbl bbl F
8.3 0.022 0.978 32
8.4 0.022 0.978 32
8.5 0.052 0.948 30
8.6 0.083 0.917 29
8.7 0.113 0.887 27
8.8 0.144 0.856 25
8.9 0.174 0.826 24
9.0 0.203 0.797 22
9.1 0.233 0.767 20
9.2 0.264 0.736 18
9.3 0.294 0.706 15
9.4 0.325 0.675 13
9.5 0.356 0.644 10
9.6 0.390 0.610 7
9.7 0.420 0.580 4
9.8 0.450 0.550 1
9.9 0.480 0.520 3
10.0 0.510 0.490 7
10.1 0.540 0.460 12
10.2 0.571 0.429 16
10.3 0.601 0.399 22
10.4 0.632 0.368 27
10.5 0.663 0.337 33
10.6 0.694 0.306 39
10.7 0.724 0.276 46
Continues on next page

17 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)


Blending 11.6 lb/gal CaCl2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
CaCl2
Density 11.6 lb/gal Water TCT
70 F bbl bbl F
10.8 0.755 0.245 51
10.9 0.785 0.215 36
11.0 0.820 0.180 22
11.1 0.850 0.150 10
11.2 0.880 0.120 2
11.3 0.910 0.090 13
11.4 0.940 0.060 22
11.5 0.970 0.030 31
11.6 1.000 0.000 38

18 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry CaBr2 (95%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CaBr2 Water CaBr2 Ca+2 Br TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
8.33 0.0 1.0000 0.00% 0 0 32
8.4 3.6 0.9992 1.00% 2,022 8,062 30
8.5 9.0 0.9958 2.40% 4,910 19,580 30
8.6 14.4 0.9923 3.80% 7,866 31,366 29
8.7 19.9 0.9889 5.20% 10,889 43,421 28
8.8 25.3 0.9854 6.50% 13,768 54,900 27
8.9 30.7 0.9819 7.80% 16,709 66,628 27
9.0 36.1 0.9784 9.10% 19,713 78,606 26
9.1 41.6 0.9749 10.30% 22,560 89,961 25
9.2 47.0 0.9713 11.60% 25,687 102,428 24
9.3 52.4 0.9678 12.80% 28,653 114,253 23
9.4 57.9 0.9642 13.90% 31,449 125,405 22
9.5 63.3 0.9606 15.10% 34,528 137,681 21
9.6 68.8 0.9570 16.20% 37,433 149,266 19
9.7 74.3 0.9534 17.30% 40,391 161,061 18
9.8 79.7 0.9498 18.40% 43,402 173,068 17
9.9 85.2 0.9461 19.50% 46,466 185,286 16
10.0 90.7 0.9425 20.50% 49,343 196,756 14
10.1 96.2 0.9388 21.50% 52,267 208,417 13
10.2 102.0 0.9351 22.50% 55,240 220,270 11
10.3 107.0 0.9314 23.50% 58,261 232,316 10
10.4 113.0 0.9277 24.50% 61,329 244,553 8
10.5 118.0 0.9239 25.50% 64,447 256,982 7
10.6 124.0 0.9202 26.40% 67,357 268,586 5
10.7 129.0 0.9164 27.30% 70,310 280,362 3
10.8 135.0 0.9126 28.20% 73,307 292,312 2
10.9 140.0 0.9088 29.10% 76,347 304,434 0
11.0 146.0 0.9050 30.00% 79,430 316,729 2
Continues on next page

19 Go To Table of Contents
DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry CaBr2 (95%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CaBr2 Water CaBr2 Ca+2 Br TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
11.1 151.0 0.9012 30.80% 82,289 328,131 4
11.2 157.0 0.8973 31.70% 85,457 340,762 6
11.3 162.0 0.8935 32.50% 88,396 352,481 8
11.4 168.0 0.8896 33.30% 91,373 364,353 10
11.5 174.0 0.8857 34.10% 94,389 376,379 12
11.6 179.0 0.8818 34.90% 97,444 388,559 14
11.7 185.0 0.8779 35.70% 100,537 400,892 16
11.8 190.0 0.8740 36.50% 103,668 413,379 18
11.9 196.0 0.8700 37.20% 106,552 424,877 21
12.0 201.0 0.8660 38.00% 109,758 437,661 23
12.1 207.0 0.8621 38.70% 112,711 449,438 25
12.2 213.0 0.8581 39.40% 115,698 461,349 28
12.3 218.0 0.8540 40.10% 118,719 473,394 30
12.4 224.0 0.8500 40.80% 121,773 485,574 30
12.5 229.0 0.8460 41.50% 124,861 497,888 30
12.6 235.0 0.8419 42.20% 127,983 510,336 30
12.7 241.0 0.8378 42.90% 131,139 522,919 30
12.8 246.0 0.8338 43.50% 134,020 534,408 30
12.9 252.0 0.8296 44.20% 137,240 547,249 30
13.0 258.0 0.8255 44.80% 140,182 558,978 30
13.1 263.0 0.8214 45.40% 143,152 570,822 30
13.2 269.0 0.8172 46.10% 146,469 584,048 30
13.3 274.0 0.8131 46.70% 149,499 596,131 30
13.4 280.0 0.8089 47.30% 152,558 608,330 30
13.5 286.0 0.8047 47.90% 155,646 620,644 30
13.6 291.0 0.8005 48.50% 158,763 633,073 30
13.7 297.0 0.7962 49.10% 161,909 645,618 30
13.8 303.0 0.7920 49.60% 164,752 656,953 30
Continues on next page

110 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry CaBr2 (95%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CaBr2 Water CaBr2 Ca+2 Br TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
13.9 309.0 0.7877 50.20% 167,953 669,718 29
14.0 314.0 0.7835 50.80% 171,183 682,598 19
14.1 320.0 0.7792 51.30% 174,103 694,240 10
14.2 326.0 0.7749 51.90% 177,389 707,341 1
14.3 331.0 0.7705 52.40% 180,359 719,185 7
14.4 337.0 0.7662 52.90% 183,353 731,125 15
14.5 343.0 0.7618 53.50% 186,720 744,552 23
14.6 349.0 0.7575 54.00% 189,765 756,693 30
14.7 354.0 0.7531 54.50% 192,834 768,931 36
14.8 360.0 0.7487 55.00% 195,927 781,264 43
14.9 366.0 0.7443 55.50% 199,044 793,693 48
15.0 371.0 0.7398 56.00% 202,185 806,218 54
15.1 377.0 0.7354 56.50% 205,350 818,839 59
15.2 383.0 0.7309 57.00% 208,540 831,557 63
15.3 389.0 0.7264 57.50% 211,753 844,370 68
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

111 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)


Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
8.33 0.0 1.0000 32
8.4 0.012 0.989 30
8.5 0.028 0.972 30
8.6 0.045 0.957 29
8.7 0.061 0.940 28
8.8 0.078 0.924 27
8.9 0.094 0.908 27
9.0 0.111 0.892 26
9.1 0.127 0.876 25
9.2 0.144 0.859 24
9.3 0.162 0.840 23
9.4 0.177 0.826 22
9.5 0.194 0.810 21
9.6 0.211 0.793 19
9.7 0.228 0.777 18
9.8 0.244 0.760 17
9.9 0.261 0.744 16
10.0 0.278 0.727 14
10.1 0.295 0.710 13
10.2 0.312 0.693 11
10.3 0.329 0.676 10
10.4 0.345 0.660 8
10.5 0.362 0.643 7
10.6 0.379 0.626 5
10.7 0.396 0.609 3
10.8 0.413 0.592 2
10.9 0.430 0.575 0
Continues on next page

112 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)


Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
11.0 0.447 0.558 2
11.1 0.464 0.541 4
11.2 0.481 0.524 6
11.3 0.499 0.507 8
11.4 0.516 0.490 10
11.5 0.533 0.472 12
11.6 0.550 0.456 14
11.7 0.567 0.438 16
11.8 0.584 0.421 18
11.9 0.601 0.403 21
12.0 0.619 0.386 23
12.1 0.636 0.369 25
12.2 0.653 0.351 28
12.3 0.670 0.334 30
12.4 0.687 0.317 30
12.5 0.705 0.299 30
12.6 0.722 0.282 30
12.7 0.739 0.264 30
12.8 0.757 0.247 30
12.9 0.774 0.229 30
13.0 0.791 0.212 30
13.1 0.809 0.194 30
13.2 0.826 0.177 30
13.3 0.843 0.159 30
13.4 0.861 0.142 30
Continues on next page

113 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)


Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
13.5 0.878 0.124 30
13.6 0.895 0.106 30
13.7 0.913 0.089 30
13.8 0.930 0.071 30
13.9 0.948 0.053 29
14.0 0.965 0.036 19
14.1 0.982 0.018 10
14.2 1.000 0.000 1

114 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride


CaBr2/CaCl2 Dry (U.S.)
Mixing water, dry CaBr2 (95%) and
dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2 CaCl2
lb/gal Water (95%) (94 97%) TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl dry lb/bbl dry lb/bbl F
11.7 0.809 8.1 200.3 40
11.8 0.803 16.1 198.3 41
11.9 0.798 24.2 196.2 42
12.0 0.793 32.3 194.1 42
12.1 0.788 40.3 192.0 42
12.2 0.783 48.4 189.9 43
12.3 0.778 56.5 187.8 43
12.4 0.773 64.5 185.8 43
12.5 0.768 72.6 183.7 44
12.6 0.763 80.6 181.6 45
12.7 0.758 88.7 179.5 46
12.8 0.752 96.8 177.4 47
12.9 0.747 104.8 175.4 47
13.0 0.742 112.9 173.3 47
13.1 0.737 121.0 171.2 48
13.2 0.732 129.0 169.1 48
13.3 0.727 137.1 167.0 49
13.4 0.722 145.2 165.0 50
13.5 0.717 153.3 162.9 50
Continues on next page

115 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride


CaBr2/CaCl2 Dry (U.S.)
Mixing water, dry CaBr2 (95%) and
dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2 CaCl2
lb/gal Water (95%) (94 97%) TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl dry lb/bbl dry lb/bbl F
13.6 0.712 161.3 160.8 52
13.7 0.707 169.4 158.7 53
13.8 0.701 177.5 156.6 55
13.9 0.696 185.5 154.6 56
14.0 0.691 193.6 152.5 57
14.1 0.686 201.7 150.4 58
14.2 0.681 209.7 148.3 58
14.3 0.676 217.8 146.2 59
14.4 0.671 225.8 144.1 60
14.5 0.666 233.9 142.1 60
14.6 0.661 242.0 140.0 61
14.7 0.658 249.2 137.9 61
14.8 0.651 258.1 135.8 61
14.9 0.645 266.2 133.7 62
15.0 0.640 274.2 131.7 62
15.1 0.635 282.3 129.6 63

116 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride


CaBr2/CaCl2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid), 11.6 lb/gal
CaCl2 liquid and dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal 11.6 lb/gal dry TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl lb/bbl F
11.7 0.024 0.971 3.6 40
11.8 0.048 0.943 7.2 41
11.9 0.073 0.915 10.9 42
12.0 0.097 0.886 14.5 42
12.1 0.121 0.857 18.1 42
12.2 0.146 0.829 21.7 43
12.3 0.170 0.800 25.3 43
12.4 0.194 0.772 29.0 43
12.5 0.218 0.744 32.6 44
12.6 0.243 0.715 36.2 45
12.7 0.267 0.686 39.8 46
12.8 0.291 0.658 43.4 47
12.9 0.315 0.630 47.0 47
13.0 0.340 0.601 50.7 47
13.1 0.364 0.572 54.3 48
13.2 0.388 0.544 57.9 48
13.3 0.412 0.516 61.5 49
13.4 0.437 0.487 65.2 50
13.5 0.461 0.458 68.8 50
13.6 0.485 0.430 72.4 52
13.7 0.509 0.402 76.0 53
Continues on next page

117 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride


CaBr2/CaCl2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid), 11.6 lb/gal
CaCl2 (liquid) and dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal 11.6 lb/gal dry TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl lb/bbl F
13.8 0.534 0.373 79.6 55
13.9 0.558 0.345 83.2 56
14.0 0.582 0.316 86.9 57
14.1 0.606 0.288 90.5 58
14.2 0.631 0.259 94.1 58
14.3 0.655 0.231 97.7 59
14.4 0.679 0.202 101.3 60
14.5 0.703 0.174 l05.0 60
14.6 0.728 0.145 108.6 61
14.7 0.749 0.120 111.8 61
14.8 0.776 0.088 115.8 61
14.9 0.800 0.060 119.4 62
15.0 0.825 0.031 123.1 62
15.1 0.851 0.000 126.9 63

118 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide


CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 CaBr2 (liquid) with
19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal 19.2 lb/gal TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
14.2 1.000 0.000 1
14.3 0.980 0.020 5
14.4 0.960 0.040 11
14.5 0.940 0.060 17
14.6 0.920 0.080 21
14.7 0.900 0.100 27
14.8 0.880 0.120 31
14.9 0.860 0.140 34
15.0 0.840 0.160 37
15.1 0.820 0.180 40
15.2 0.800 0.200 43
15.3 0.780 0.220 46
15.4 0.760 0.240 49
15.5 0.740 0.260 52
15.6 0.720 0.280 55
15.7 0.700 0.300 58
15.8 0.680 0.320 60
15.9 0.660 0.340 62
16.0 0.640 0.360 58
16.1 0.620 0.380 55
16.2 0.600 0.400 51
16.3 0.580 0.420 46
16.4 0.560 0.440 42
16.5 0.540 0.460 37
16.6 0.520 0.480 31
Continues on next page

119 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide


CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 CaBr2 (liquid) with
19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal 19.2 lb/gal TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
16.7 0.500 0.500 27
16.8 0.480 0.520 23
16.9 0.460 0.540 20
17.0 0.440 0.560 17
17.1 0.420 0.580 14
17.2 0.400 0.600 11
17.3 0.380 0.620 9
17.4 0.360 0.640 7
17.5 0.340 0.660 5
17.6 0.320 0.680 3
17.7 0.300 0.700 2
17.8 0.280 0.720 1
17.9 0.260 0.740 1
18.0 0.240 0.760 2
18.1 0.220 0.780 3
18.2 0.200 0.800 4
18.3 0.180 0.820 5
18.4 0.160 0.840 6
18.5 0.140 0.860 8
18.6 0.120 0.880 9
18.7 0.100 0.900 11
18.8 0.080 0.920 13
18.9 0.060 0.940 14
19.0 0.040 0.960 13
19.1 0.020 0.980 12
19.2 0.000 1.000 10

120 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/


Zinc Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 15.1 CaCl2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CaCl2/CaBr2 CaBr2/ZnCaBr2
lb/gal 15.1 lb/gal 19.2 lb/gal TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
15.1 1.000 0.000 62
15.2 0.976 0.024 60
15.3 0.951 0.049 59
15.4 0.927 0.073 58
15.5 0.903 0.098 56
15.6 0.878 0.122 55
15.7 0.854 0.146 54
15.8 0.829 0.171 53
15.9 0.805 0.195 51
16.0 0.780 0.220 51
16.1 0.756 0.244 49
16.2 0.732 0.268 48
16.3 0.707 0.293 47
16.4 0.683 0.317 46
16.5 0.658 0.342 44
16.6 0.634 0.366 42
16.7 0.610 0.390 39
16.8 0.585 0.415 34
16.9 0.561 0.439 28
17.0 0.537 0.463 25
17.1 0.512 0.488 26
17.2 0.488 0.512 28
17.3 0.463 0.537 28
17.4 0.439 0.561 30
17.5 0.415 0.585 32
Continues on next page

121 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/


Zinc Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 15.1 CaCl2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CaCl2/CaBr2 CaBr2/ZnCaBr2
lb/gal 15.1 lb/gal 19.2 lb/gal TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
17.6 0.390 0.610 34
17.7 0.366 0.634 36
17.8 0.341 0.659 38
17.9 0.317 0.683 40
18.0 0.293 0.707 35
18.1 0.268 0.732 32
18.2 0.244 0.756 29
18.3 0.220 0.780 27
18.4 0.195 0.805 25
18.5 0.171 0.829 23
18.6 0.146 0.854 21
18.7 0.122 0.878 20
18.8 0.097 0.903 19
18.9 0.073 0.927 17
19.0 0.049 0.951 16
19.1 0.024 0.976 12
19.2 0.000 1.000 10
To make 1 bbl 15.1 lb/gal = .851 (14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 )
+ 127 ppb dry CaCl2 .

122 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)


Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific
Gravity CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl TCT
(SG) kg/m3 m3/m3 wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.00 0.0 0.0000 0.00% 0 0 0
1.01 11.2 0.9988 1.10% 4,012 7,098 0
1.02 24.2 0.9957 2.30% 8,472 14,988 1
1.03 37.2 0.9926 3.40% 12,646 22,374 2
1.04 50.4 0.9895 4.60% 17,276 30,564 2
1.05 63.5 0.9863 5.80% 21,992 38,908 3
1.06 76.8 0.9830 6.90% 26,412 46,728 4
1.07 90.0 0.9797 8.00% 30,911 54,689 5
1.08 103.0 0.9763 9.10% 35,490 62,790 6
1.09 117.0 0.9728 10.20% 40,149 71,031 6
1.10 130.0 0.9693 11.30% 44,886 79,414 7
1.11 144.0 0.9657 12.40% 49,704 87,936 8
1.12 157.0 0.9620 13.40% 54,196 95,884 10
1.13 171.0 0.9583 14.40% 58,760 103,960 11
1.14 185.0 0.9546 15.50% 63,809 112,891 12
1.15 199.0 0.9507 16.50% 68,521 121,229 13
1.16 213.0 0.9468 17.50% 73,306 129,694 15
1.17 226.0 0.9428 18.40% 77,741 137,539 16
1.18 240.0 0.9388 19.40% 82,666 146,254 18
1.19 255.0 0.9347 20.40% 87,664 155,096 20
1.20 269.0 0.9305 21.30% 92,301 163,299 21
1.21 283.0 0.9263 22.30% 97,439 172,391 23
1.22 297.0 0.9220 23.20% 102,210 180,830 26
1.23 311.0 0.9177 24.10% 107,045 189,385 28
1.24 326.0 0.9132 25.00% 111,945 198,055 30
1.25 340.0 0.9087 25.90% 116,911 206,839 33
1.26 355.0 0.9042 26.80% 121,941 215,739 36
Continues on next page

123 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)


Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific
Gravity CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl TCT
(SG) kg/m3 m3/m3 wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.27 369.0 0.8995 27.70% 127,036 224,754 38
1.28 384.0 0.8948 28.60% 132,196 233,884 41
1.29 399.0 0.8901 29.50% 137,422 243,128 52
1.30 413.0 0.8852 30.30% 142,243 251,657 45
1.31 428.0 0.8803 31.20% 147,594 261,126 38
1.32 443.0 0.8754 32.00% 152,534 269,866 32
1.33 458.0 0.8703 32.80% 157,532 278,708 26
1.34 473.0 0.8652 33.70% 163,072 288,508 20
1.35 488.0 0.8600 34.50% 168,189 297,561 15
1.36 504.0 0.8548 35.30% 173,363 306,717 10
1.37 519.0 0.8494 36.10% 178,596 315,974 6
1.38 534.0 0.8440 36.90% 183,886 325,334 2
1.39 550.0 0.8386 37.70% 189,234 334,796 2
1.40 565.0 0.8330 38.50% 194,640 344,360 5
1.41 581.0 0.8274 39.30% 200,104 354,026 8
1.42 596.0 0.8217 40.00% 205,113 362,887 10
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

124 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)


Blending 1.39 SG CaCl2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaCl2
Gravity 1.39 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.00 0.000 1.000 0
1.01 0.022 0.978 1
1.02 0.052 0.948 1
1.03 0.083 0.917 1
1.04 0.113 0.887 2
1.06 0.144 0.856 3
1.07 0.174 0.826 4
1.08 0.203 0.797 6
1.09 0.233 0.767 7
1.10 0.264 0.736 8
1.12 0.294 0.706 9
1.13 0.325 0.675 11
1.14 0.356 0.644 12
1.15 0.390 0.610 14
1.16 0.420 0.580 16
1.18 0.450 0.550 17
1.19 0.480 0.520 19
1.20 0.510 0.490 22
1.21 0.540 0.460 24
1.22 0.571 0.429 27
1.24 0.601 0.399 30
1.25 0.632 0.368 33
1.26 0.663 0.337 36
1.27 0.694 0.306 39
1.29 0.724 0.276 43
Continues on next page

125 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)


Blending 1.39 SG CaCl2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaCl2
Gravity 1.39 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.30 0.755 0.245 46
1.31 0.785 0.215 38
1.32 0.820 0.180 30
1.33 0.850 0.150 23
1.35 0.880 0.120 17
1.36 0.910 0.090 11
1.37 0.940 0.060 6
1.38 0.970 0.030 1
1.39 1.000 0.000 3

126 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)


Mixing CaBr2 dry (95%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity Water 95% dry CaBr2 Ca+ Br TCT
(SG) m /m kg/m3 % wt
3 3 mg/L mg/L C
1.00 1.0000 0.0 0.0% 0 0 0
1.01 0.9991 10.9 1.0% 2,025 8,074 1
1.02 0.9963 23.7 2.2% 4,499 17,939 1
1.03 0.9934 36.5 3.4% 7,021 27,995 2
1.04 0.9905 49.4 4.5% 9,383 37,412 2
1.05 0.9876 62.2 5.6% 11,789 47,005 2
1.06 0.9847 75.1 6.7% 14,239 56,774 3
1.07 0.9818 87.9 7.8% 16,733 66,719 3
1.08 0.9789 100.8 8.9% 19,271 76,839 3
1.09 0.9760 113.7 9.9% 21,635 86,264 4
1.10 0.9730 126.6 11.0% 24,259 96,729 4
1.11 0.9701 139.5 12.0% 26,705 106,481 5
1.12 0.9671 152.4 13.0% 29,191 116,394 5
1.13 0.9641 165.4 13.9% 31,491 125,563 6
1.14 0.9612 178.3 14.9% 34,055 135,788 6
1.15 0.9582 191.3 15.8% 36,429 145,253 7
1.16 0.9552 204.2 16.8% 39,072 155,789 7
1.17 0.9521 217.2 17.7% 41,520 165,550 8
1.18 0.9491 230.2 18.6% 44,004 175,454 8
1.19 0.9461 243.2 19.5% 46,524 185,503 9
1.20 0.9430 256.2 20.3% 48,839 194,736 10
1.21 0.9400 269.2 21.2% 51,430 205,065 10
1.22 0.9369 282.2 22.0% 53,812 214,562 11
1.23 0.9338 295.3 22.9% 56,472 225,170 12
1.24 0.9308 308.3 23.7% 58,920 234,931 12
1.25 0.9277 321.4 24.5% 61,400 244,819 13
1.26 0.9246 334.4 25.3% 63,912 254,836 14
Continues on next page

127 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)


Mixing CaBr2 dry (95%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity Water 95% dry CaBr2 Ca+ Br TCT
(SG) m /m kg/m3 % wt
3 3 mg/L mg/L C
1.27 0.9214 347.5 26.1% 66,456 264,980 15
1.28 0.9183 360.6 26.8% 68,776 274,230 15
1.29 0.9152 373.7 27.6% 71,383 284,622 16
1.30 0.9120 386.8 28.4% 74,021 295,142 17
1.31 0.9089 399.9 29.1% 76,429 304,743 18
1.32 0.9057 413.1 29.8% 78,865 314,456 19
1.33 0.9025 426.2 30.5% 81,329 324,281 20
1.34 0.8993 439.4 31.2% 83,821 334,217 20
1.35 0.8961 452.5 31.9% 86,341 344,266 21
1.36 0.8929 465.7 32.6% 88,889 354,426 22
1.37 0.8897 478.9 33.3% 91,466 364,699 23
1.38 0.8864 492.1 34.0% 94,070 375,083 24
1.39 0.8832 505.3 34.6% 96,424 384,468 25
1.40 0.8799 518.5 35.3% 99,082 395,068 26
1.41 0.8767 531.7 35.9% 101,486 404,653 27
1.42 0.8734 545.0 36.6% 104,199 415,469 28
1.43 0.8701 558.2 37.2% 106,653 425,254 29
1.44 0.8668 571.5 37.8% 109,131 435,135 30
1.45 0.8635 584.7 38.4% 111,633 445,111 31
1.46 0.8602 598.0 39.0% 114,159 455,184 33
1.47 0.8568 611.3 39.6% 116,709 465,352 34
1.48 0.8535 624.6 40.2% 119,284 475,617 <35
1.49 0.8502 637.9 40.8% 121,882 485,977 <35
1.50 0.8468 651.2 41.4% 124,504 496,433 <35
1.51 0.8434 664.6 41.9% 126,848 505,779 <35
1.52 0.8400 677.9 42.5% 129,517 516,419 <35
Continues on next page

128 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)


Mixing CaBr2 dry (95%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity Water 95% dry CaBr2 Ca+ Br TCT
(SG) m /m kg/m3 % wt
3 3 mg/L mg/L C
1.53 0.8366 691.3 43.1% 132,209 527,155 <35
1.54 0.8332 704.6 43.6% 134,617 536,756 <35
1.55 0.8298 718.0 44.1% 137,045 546,437 <35
1.56 0.8264 731.4 44.7% 139,806 557,444 <35
1.57 0.8230 744.8 45.2% 142,276 567,293 <35
1.58 0.8195 758.2 45.7% 144,766 577,222 <35
1.59 0.8160 771.6 46.2% 147,276 587,230 <35
1.60 0.8126 785.0 46.8% 150,127 598,598 <35
1.61 0.8091 798.5 47.3% 152,679 608,774 <35
1.62 0.8056 811.9 47.8% 155,252 619,031 <35
1.63 0.8021 825.4 48.3% 157,844 629,367 <35
1.64 0.7986 838.9 48.7% 160,128 638,473 <35
1.65 0.7951 852.3 49.2% 162,758 648,961 <35
1.66 0.7915 865.8 49.7% 165,408 659,529 39
1.67 0.7880 879.3 50.2% 168,079 670,177 34
1.68 0.7844 892.8 50.6% 170,433 679,562 30
1.69 0.7809 906.4 51.1% 173,141 690,362 25
1.70 0.7773 919.9 51.6% 175,870 701,242 21
1.71 0.7737 933.5 52.0% 178,276 710,835 17
1.72 0.7701 947.0 52.5% 181,043 721,867 13
1.73 0.7665 960.6 52.9% 183,483 731,596 10
1.74 0.7629 974.2 53.4% 186,287 742,780 6
1.75 0.7592 987.8 53.8% 188,762 752,644 3
1.76 0.7556 1001.4 54.2% 191,252 762,573 0
1.77 0.7519 1015.0 54.6% 193,758 772,566 3
1.78 0.7483 1028.6 55.1% 196,637 784,045 6
Continues on next page

129 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)


Mixing CaBr2 dry (95%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity Water 95% dry CaBr2 Ca+ Br TCT
(SG) m /m kg/m3 % wt
3 3 mg/L mg/L C
1.79 0.7446 1042.2 55.5% 199,177 794,174 9
1.80 0.7409 1055.9 55.9% 201,733 804,366 11
1.81 0.7372 1069.5 56.3% 204,306 814,623 14
1.82 0.7335 1083.2 56.7% 206,894 824,943 16
1.83 0.7298 1096.9 57.1% 209,498 835,327 18
1.84 0.7260 1110.5 57.5% 212,119 845,775 20
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

130 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)


Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity 1.705 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3 m3 C
1.008 0.012 0.989 1
1.020 0.028 0.972 1
1.032 0.045 0.957 2
1.044 0.061 0.940 2
1.056 0.078 0.924 2
1.068 0.094 0.908 3
1.080 0.111 0.892 3
1.092 0.127 0.876 4
1.104 0.144 0.859 5
1.116 0.162 0.840 5
1.128 0.177 0.826 6
1.140 0.194 0.810 7
1.152 0.211 0.793 7
1.164 0.228 0.777 8
1.176 0.244 0.760 9
1.188 0.261 0.744 9
1.200 0.278 0.727 10
1.212 0.295 0.710 11
1.224 0.312 0.693 12
1.236 0.329 0.676 12
1.248 0.345 0.660 13
1.261 0.362 0.643 14
1.273 0.379 0.626 15
1.285 0.396 0.609 16
1.297 0.413 0.592 17
Continues on next page

131 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)


Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity 1.705 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3 m3 C
1.309 0.430 0.575 17
1.321 0.447 0.558 18
1.333 0.464 0.541 19
1.345 0.481 0.524 20
1.357 0.499 0.507 21
1.369 0.516 0.490 22
1.381 0.533 0.472 23
1.393 0.550 0.456 25
1.405 0.567 0.438 28
1.417 0.584 0.421 28
1.429 0.601 0.403 29
1.441 0.619 0.386 29
1.453 0.636 0.369 31
1.465 0.653 0.351 34
1.477 0.670 0.334 37
1.489 0.687 0.317 37
1.501 0.705 0.299 37
1.513 0.722 0.282 37
1.525 0.739 0.264 37
1.537 0.757 0.247 37
1.549 0.774 0.229 37
1.561 0.791 0.212 38
1.573 0.809 0.194 38
1.585 0.826 0.177 38
1.597 0.843 0.159 38
Continues on next page

132 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)


Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity 1.705 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3 m3 C
1.609 0.861 0.142 38
1.621 0.878 0.124 38
1.633 0.895 0.106 38
1.645 0.913 0.089 38
1.657 0.930 0.071 38
1.669 0.948 0.053 32
1.681 0.965 0.036 28
1.693 0.982 0.018 26
1.705 1.000 0.000 18

133 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride Dry


CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Mixing procedure for dry CaBr2 (95%),
dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2
Gravity Water (95%) (94 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 dry kg/m3 dry kg/m3 C
1.405 0.809 23.1 572.1 4
1.417 0.803 46.0 566.2 5
1.429 0.798 69.1 560.3 6
1.441 0.793 92.2 554.3 6
1.453 0.788 115.2 548.4 6
1.465 0.783 138.2 542.4 6
1.477 0.778 161.2 536.5 6
1.489 0.773 184.3 530.5 6
1.501 0.768 207.3 524.6 7
1.513 0.763 230.1 518.6 7
1.525 0.758 253.4 512.7 8
1.537 0.752 276.5 506.8 8
1.549 0.747 299.4 500.8 8
1.561 0.742 322.5 494.9 8
1.573 0.737 345.5 488.9 9
1.585 0.732 368.5 483.0 9
1.597 0.727 391.6 477.1 9
1.609 0.722 414.6 471.1 10
1.621 0.717 437.7 465.1 10
1.633 0.712 460.7 459.2 11
1.645 0.707 483.7 453.3 12
Continues on next page

134 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride Dry


CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Mixing procedure for dry CaBr2 (95%),
dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2
Gravity Water (95%) (94 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 dry kg/m3 dry kg/m3 C
1.657 0.701 506.8 447.3 13
1.669 0.696 529.8 441.4 13
1.681 0.691 552.8 435.5 14
1.693 0.686 575.9 429.5 14
1.705 0.681 599.0 423.5 14
1.717 0.676 622.0 417.6 15
1.729 0.671 645.0 411.7 16
1.741 0.666 668.0 405.7 16
1.753 0.661 691.0 399.8 16
1.765 0.658 711.8 393.8 16
1.777 0.651 737.2 387.9 16
1.789 0.645 760.2 381.9 17
1.801 0.640 783.2 376.0 17
1.813 0.635 806.2 370.1 17

135 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride


CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid), 1.39 SG
CaCl2 (liquid) and dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
Gravity 1.705 SG 1.39 SG (94 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 dry kg/m3 C
1.405 0.024 0.971 10.3 4
1.417 0.048 0.943 20.6 5
1.429 0.073 0.915 31.1 6
1.441 0.097 0.886 41.4 6
1.453 0.121 0.857 51.7 6
1.465 0.146 0.829 62.0 6
1.477 0.170 0.800 72.3 6
1.489 0.194 0.772 82.8 6
1.501 0.218 0.744 93.1 7
1.513 0.243 0.715 103.4 7
1.525 0.267 0.686 113.7 8
1.537 0.291 0.658 124.0 8
1.549 0.315 0.630 134.2 8
1.561 0.340 0.601 144.8 8
1.573 0.364 0.572 155.1 9
1.585 0.388 0.544 165.4 9
1.597 0.412 0.516 175.6 9
1.609 0.437 0.487 186.2 10
1.621 0.461 0.458 196.5 10
1.633 0.485 0.430 206.8 11
1.645 0.509 0.402 217.1 12
Continues on next page

136 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride


CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid), 1.39 SG
CaCl2 (liquid) and dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
Gravity 1.705 SG 1.39 SG (94 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 dry kg/m3 C
1.657 0.534 0.373 227.3 13
1.669 0.558 0.345 237.6 13
1.681 0.582 0.316 248.2 14
1.693 0.606 0.288 258.5 14
1.705 0.631 0.259 268.7 14
1.717 0.655 0.231 279.0 15
1.729 0.679 0.202 289.3 16
1.741 0.703 0.174 299.9 16
1.753 0.728 0.145 310.2 16
1.765 0.749 0.120 319.3 16
1.777 0.776 0.088 330.7 16
1.789 0.800 0.060 341.0 17
1.801 0.825 0.031 351.6 17
1.813 0.851 0.000 362.4 17

137 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide


CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid)
with 2.31 SG ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one m3 fluid
Specific CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
Gravity 1.705 SG 2.31 SG TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.705 1.0000 0.0000 18
1.720 0.9780 0.0220 22
1.730 0.9613 0.0387 24
1.740 0.9447 0.0553 27
1.750 0.9281 0.0719 29
1.760 0.9114 0.0886 31
1.770 0.8948 0.1052 32
1.780 0.8781 0.1219 34
1.790 0.8615 0.1385 36
1.800 0.8449 0.1551 38
1.810 0.8282 0.1718 39
1.820 0.8116 0.1884 41
1.830 0.7949 0.2051 42
1.840 0.7783 0.2217 43
1.850 0.7617 0.2383 44
1.860 0.7450 0.2550 46
1.870 0.7284 0.2716 47
1.880 0.7117 0.2883 48
1.890 0.6951 0.3049 49
1.900 0.6785 0.3215 51
1.910 0.6618 0.3382 52
1.920 0.6452 0.3548 51
1.930 0.6285 0.3715 49
1.940 0.6119 0.3881 47
1.950 0.5953 0.4047 45
Continues on next page

138 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide


CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid)
with 2.31 SG ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one m3 fluid
Specific CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
Gravity 1.705 SG 2.31 SG TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.960 0.5786 0.4214 43
1.970 0.5620 0.4380 41
1.980 0.5454 0.4546 39
1.990 0.5287 0.4713 37
2.000 0.5121 0.4879 34
2.010 0.4954 0.5046 32
2.020 0.4788 0.5212 31
2.030 0.4622 0.5378 29
2.040 0.4455 0.5545 28
2.050 0.4289 0.5711 27
2.060 0.4122 0.5878 25
2.070 0.3956 0.6044 24
2.080 0.3790 0.6210 23
2.090 0.3623 0.6377 22
2.100 0.3457 0.6543 21
2.110 0.3290 0.6710 20
2.120 0.3124 0.6876 19
2.130 0.2958 0.7042 19
2.140 0.2791 0.7209 18
2.150 0.2625 0.7375 18
2.160 0.2458 0.7542 17
2.170 0.2292 0.7708 17
2.180 0.2126 0.7874 16
2.190 0.1959 0.8041 16
2.200 0.1793 0.8207 16
Continues on next page

139 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide


CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid)
with 2.31 SG ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one m3 fluid
Specific CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
Gravity 1.705 SG 2.31 SG TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
2.210 0.1626 0.8374 14
2.220 0.1460 0.8540 14
2.230 0.1294 0.8706 13
2.240 0.1127 0.8873 12
2.250 0.0961 0.9039 11
2.260 0.0794 0.9206 11
2.270 0.0628 0.9372 10
2.280 0.0462 0.9538 11
2.290 0.0295 0.9705 11
2.300 0.0129 0.9871 12

140 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES

Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/Zinc


Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.81 SG CaCl2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 2.31 SG CaBr2/ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one m3 fluid
Specific CaCl2/CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
Gravity 1.81 SG 2.31 SG TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.81 1.000 0.000 17
1.83 0.976 0.024 16
1.84 0.951 0.049 15
1.85 0.927 0.073 14
1.86 0.903 0.098 13
1.87 0.878 0.122 13
1.89 0.854 0.146 12
1.90 0.829 0.171 12
1.91 0.805 0.195 11
1.92 0.780 0.220 11
1.93 0.756 0.244 9
1.95 0.732 0.268 9
1.96 0.707 0.293 8
1.97 0.683 0.317 8
1.98 0.658 0.342 7
1.99 0.634 0.366 6
2.01 0.610 0.390 4
2.02 0.585 0.415 1
2.03 0.561 0.439 2
2.04 0.537 0.463 4
2.05 0.512 0.488 3
2.07 0.488 0.512 2
2.08 0.463 0.537 2
2.09 0.439 0.561 1
2.10 0.415 0.585 0
Continues on next page

141 Go To Table of Contents


DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/Zinc


Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.81 SG CaCl2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 2.31 SG CaBr2/ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Composition for one m3 fluid
Specific CaCl2/CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
Gravity 1.81 SG 2.31 SG TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
2.11 0.390 0.610 1
2.13 0.366 0.634 2
2.14 0.341 0.659 3
2.15 0.317 0.683 4
2.16 0.293 0.707 2
2.17 0.268 0.732 0
2.19 0.244 0.756 2
2.20 0.220 0.780 3
2.21 0.195 0.805 4
2.22 0.171 0.829 5
2.23 0.146 0.854 6
2.25 0.122 0.878 7
2.26 0.097 0.903 7
2.27 0.073 0.927 8
2.28 0.049 0.951 9
2.29 0.024 0.976 11
2.31 0.000 1.000 12
To make 1 m3 15.1 lb/gal = 0.851 m3 (1.71 SG) + 57.8 kg/bbl dry
CaCl2 (94 to 97%).

142 Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 2
MONOVALENT BRINES

MONOVALENT BRINES
2.

Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Chloride (Dry)


Sodium Chloride (dry) is a high-purity salt used
in brines with a density range between 8.4 to
10.0 lb/gal (1.008 to 1.200 SG). When mixed
with NaBr, densities up to 12.5 lb/gal (1.501 SG)
can be achieved. It is packaged in 100-lb (45.4-kg),
80-lb (36.3-kg), 110-lb (50-kg) sacks and 2,000-lb
(909-kg) tote bags.

Potassium Chloride (Dry)


Potassium Chloride (dry) is a high-purity salt
that can achieve brine densities from 8.4 lb/gal
(1.008 SG) to 9.7 lb/gal (1.164 SG). It is packaged
in 50-lb (22.7-kg), 100-lb (45.4-kg) sacks and
2,000-lb (909-kg) tote bags.

Ammonium Chloride (Dry)


Ammonium Chloride (dry) is a high-purity salt
that can generate brine densities from 8.4 to
9.7 lb/gal (1.008 to 1.164 SG). It is also used at 2
to 4% as a clay and shale stabilizer. It may liber-
ate ammonia gas at pHs above 9.0. Ammonium
chloride (dry) is packaged in 50-lb (22.7-kg) and
55-lb (25-kg) sacks.

Sodium Bromide (Liquid)


Sodium Bromide (liquid) is a single-salt clear
brine fluid. Pure sodium bromide solutions can
be prepared with densities between 8.4 lb/gal
(1.008 SG) and 12.8 lb/gal (1.537 SG). Typically,
it can be mixed with NaCl to prepare brines
with densities between 10.0 and 12.5 lb/gal
(1.200 and 1.501 SG). It is used where formation
waters contain high concentrations of bicar-
bonate or sulfate ions. It can be formulated for

21 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES
various crystallization temperatures and for
summer or winter blends. It is packaged in
bulk-liquid quantities.

Sodium Bromide (Dry)


Sodium Bromide (dry) is a high-purity salt.
Pure sodium bromide solutions can be prepared
with densities between 8.4 lb/gal (1.008 SG) and
12.8 lb/gal (1.537 SG). Typically, it can be mixed
with NaCl to prepare brines with densities
between 8.4 and 12.5 lb/gal (1.008 and 1.501 SG).
It is used where formation waters contain high
concentrations of bicarbonate or sulfate ions
and is packaged in 55-lb (25-kg) sacks.

Sodium Formate (Dry)


Sodium formate (dry) is a high-purity, organic
salt that can deliver brine fluid densities rang-
ing from 8.4 lb/gal (1.008 SG) to 11.1 lb/gal
(1.330 SG). It is packaged in 55-lb (25-kg) sacks
and 2,205-lb (1,000-kg) big bags.

Potassium Formate (Liquid)


Potassium Formate (liquid) is a single-salt
clear brine fluid. Pure potassium formate solu-
tions can be prepared with densities between
8.4 lb/gal (1.08 SG) and 13.1 lb/gal (1.571 SG).
Potassium formate provides excellent thermal
stabilization effects on natural polymers. The
potassium ion provides excellent clay stabili-
zation and swelling inhibition of shales.

Potassium Formate (Dry)


Potassium formate (dry) is a high-purity,
organic salt with eventual densities between

22 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES
8.4 lb/gal (1.008 SG) and 13.1 lb/gal (1.573 SG).
It is packaged in 55-lb (25-kg) sacks or in 2,205-lb
(1,000-kg) big bags.

Cesium Formate (Liquid)


Cesium formate (liquid) is a single-salt clear
brine fluid. Pure cesium formate systems can
be prepared with densities between 8.4 lb/gal
(1.01 SG) and 20.0 lb/gal (2.40 SG), but cesium
formate is most often commercially available
at 17.5 lb/gal (2.10 SG) and 18.3 lb/gal (2.20 SG).
Like potassium formate, cesium formate provides
excellent thermal stability on natural polymers,
clay stabilization and shale-swelling inhibition.

Miscellaneous Blends
Sodium Chloride/Calcium Chloride
Potassium Bromide

23 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Chloride NaCl (U.S.)


Mixing dry NaCl (99%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density
lb/gal NaCl Water NaCl Na+ Cl TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
8.33 0.0 1.000 0.0 0 0 32
8.40 3.7 0.998 1.0 4,133 6,350 31
8.50 9.6 0.993 2.7 10,710 16,524 29
8.60 16.2 0.986 4.4 18,060 27,761 27
8.70 22.2 0.981 6.0 24,638 38,106 25
8.80 28.1 0.976 7.5 31,258 48,259 23
8.90 34.8 0.969 9.2 38,662 59,701 21
9.00 41.0 0.962 10.7 45,576 70,200 19
9.10 47.7 0.955 12.4 53,071 81,900 16
9.20 54.3 0.948 13.9 60,389 93,178 14
9.30 61.3 0.940 15.5 68,188 105,239 11
9.40 68.0 0.933 17.1 75,576 116,748 8
9.50 74.6 0.926 18.5 82,992 128,022 5
9.60 81.3 0.919 20.0 90,432 139,507 1
9.70 88.6 0.910 21.5 98,474 152,135 2
9.80 95.6 0.902 23.0 106,310 164,052 6
9.90 102.3 0.895 24.4 113,810 175,586 12
10.00 109.0 0.890 25.7 121,200 187,080 25
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

24 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Chloride NaCl (U.S.)


Blending 10.0 lb/gal NaCl (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaCl
lb/gal 10.0 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
8.33 0.000 1.000 32
8.40 0.034 0.968 31
8.50 0.088 0.914 29
8.60 0.149 0.854 27
8.70 0.204 0.799 25
8.80 0.259 0.746 23
8.90 0.320 0.684 21
9.00 0.377 0.628 19
9.10 0.439 0.566 16
9.20 0.500 0.505 14
9.30 0.564 0.439 11
9.40 0.626 0.377 8
9.50 0.686 0.317 5
9.60 0.748 0.255 1
9.70 0.815 0.186 2
9.80 0.879 0.121 6
9.90 0.941 0.059 12
10.00 1.000 0.000 25

25 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES

Potassium Chloride KCl (U.S.)


Mixing dry KCl (99%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density
lb/gal KCl Water KCl K Cl TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
8.33 0.0 1.000 0.00 0 0 32
8.40 4.3 0.995 1.21 6,350 5,745 31
8.50 11.6 0.986 3.22 17,237 15,605 29
8.60 19.0 0.977 5.21 28,171 25,592 28
8.70 26.0 0.970 7.04 38,521 34,971 26
8.80 33.4 0.960 8.95 49,522 44,876 24
8.90 41.0 0.950 10.86 60,871 55,104 22
9.00 47.7 0.943 12.49 70,734 64,147 20
9.10 55.7 0.932 14.43 82,658 74,905 18
9.20 62.7 0.924 16.06 93,060 84,339 16
9.30 69.4 0.917 17.59 102,999 93,290 14
9.40 76.8 0.908 19.26 113,919 103,317 12
9.50 84.1 0.898 20.87 124,706 113,079 23
9.60 91.5 0.890 22.47 135,695 123,024 38
9.70 98.6 0.882 23.96 146,303 132,569 54
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

26 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Bromide NaBr (U.S.)


Mixing dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaBr
lb/gal Water 97% dry NaBr Na Br TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl lb/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
9.0 0.973 37.9 9.73 23,434 81,533 24
9.1 0.969 43.4 11.01 26,861 93,359 23
9.2 0.965 48.9 12.28 30,247 105,203 0
9.3 0.961 54.5 13.53 33,701 117,282 21
9.4 0.957 60.2 14.79 37,334 129,597 19
9.5 0.953 65.8 16.00 40,809 141,577 17
9.6 0.948 71.5 17.20 44,233 153,895 16
9.7 0.944 77.2 18.38 47,837 166,090 14
9.8 0.940 83.0 19.56 51,387 178,620 12
9.9 0.935 88.7 20.69 54,881 190,896 11
10.0 0.931 94.5 21.83 58,555 203,384 9
10.1 0.926 100.3 22.94 62,171 215,840 7
10.2 0.922 106.1 24.02 65,724 228,258 5
10.3 0.917 111.9 25.09 69,334 240,754 4
10.4 0.912 117.8 26.16 73,002 253,449 2
10.5 0.907 123.6 27.19 76,602 265,965 0
10.6 0.903 129.5 28.22 80,257 278,673 2
10.7 0.898 135.3 29.20 83,838 291,188 4
10.8 0.893 141.2 30.19 87,473 303,888 6
10.9 0.888 147.1 31.17 91,160 316,511 7
11.0 0.884 153.0 32.12 94,768 329,182 9
11.1 0.879 158.9 33.06 98,427 341,897 11
11.2 0.874 164.7 33.96 102,001 354,384 13
11.3 0.869 174.6 35.69 108,200 375,718 14
11.4 0.864 176.5 35.76 109,294 379,863 16
11.5 0.859 182.4 36.63 113,013 392,441 18
11.6 0.855 188.3 37.49 116,640 405,179 19
Continues on next page

27 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Sodium Bromide NaBr (U.S.)


Mixing dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaBr
lb/gal Water 97% dry NaBr Na Br TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl lb/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L F
11.7 0.850 194.2 38.33 120,313 417,937 19
11.8 0.845 200.1 39.16 123,890 430,571 16
11.9 0.840 206.0 39.98 127,653 443,216 11
12.0 0.835 211.9 40.78 131,174 456,012 5
12.1 0.830 217.8 41.57 134,880 468,668 2
12.2 0.826 223.6 42.33 138,483 481,178 10
12.3 0.821 229.5 43.09 142,127 493,830 19
12.4 0.816 235.4 43.84 145,812 506,475 28
12.5 0.811 241.2 44.56 149,388 518,958 37
12.6 0.807 247.2 45.31 153,153 531,879 46
12.7 0.804 252.5 45.92 156,350 543,415 54
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

28 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Bromide NaBr (U.S.)


Blending 12.5 lb/gal NaBr (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaBr
lb/gal 12.5 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
9.0 0.157 0.845 24
9.1 0.180 0.822 23
9.2 0.203 0.800 0
9.3 0.226 0.777 21
9.4 0.250 0.754 19
9.5 0.273 0.731 17
9.6 0.296 0.708 16
9.7 0.320 0.684 14
9.8 0.344 0.660 12
9.9 0.368 0.637 11
10.0 0.392 0.613 9
10.1 0.416 0.588 7
10.2 0.440 0.564 5
10.3 0.464 0.540 4
10.4 0.488 0.516 2
10.5 0.512 0.492 0
10.6 0.537 0.467 2
10.7 0.561 0.443 4
10.8 0.585 0.418 6
10.9 0.610 0.393 7
Continues on next page

29 Go To Table of Contents
MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Sodium Bromide NaBr (U.S.)


Blending 12.5 lb/gal NaBr (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaBr
lb/gal 12.5 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
11.0 0.634 0.369 9
11.1 0.659 0.344 11
11.2 0.683 0.320 13
11.3 0.707 0.295 14
11.4 0.732 0.270 16
11.5 0.756 0.246 18
11.6 0.781 0.221 19
11.7 0.805 0.196 19
11.8 0.830 0.172 16
11.9 0.854 0.147 11
12.0 0.879 0.122 5
12.1 0.903 0.098 2
12.2 0.927 0.073 10
12.3 0.951 0.049 19
12.4 0.976 0.024 28
12.5 1.000 0.000 37

210 Go To Table of Contents


Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide (NaCl/NaBr) U.S.
Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaCl NaBr
lb/gal Water (99%) dry (97%) dry NaCl NaBr Br Cl TCT
@ 70 F bbl/bbl lb/bbl lb/bbl wt % wt % mg/L mg/L F
10.0 0.880 109.0 0.0 25.69 0.00 0 187,080 23
10.1 0.877 104.6 9.6 24.42 2.21 20,725 179,618 24
MONOVALENT BRINES

10.2 0.874 100.3 19.3 23.17 4.37 41,494 172,094 25


10.3 0.872 95.9 28.9 21.95 6.49 62,294 164,635 26
10.4 0.869 91.6 38.6 20.75 8.57 82,992 157,123 27
10.5 0.866 87.2 48.2 19.58 10.61 103,906 149,807 27
10.6 0.863 82.8 57.9 18.42 12.61 124,627 142,321 27
10.7 0.861 78.5 67.5 17.29 14.58 145,462 134,797 26
10.8 0.858 74.1 77.2 16.18 16.51 166,275 127,365 26
Continues on next page

211 Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide (NaCl/NaBr) U.S.


Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaCl NaBr
lb/gal Water (99%) dry (97%) dry NaCl NaBr Br Cl TCT
@ 70 F bbl/bbl lb/bbl lb/bbl wt % wt % mg/L mg/L F
10.9 0.855 69.8 86.8 15.09 18.40 187,056 119,774 26
MONOVALENT BRINES

11.0 0.852 65.4 96.5 14.01 20.26 207,793 112,285 25


11.1 0.850 61.0 106.1 12.96 22.08 228,610 104,907 24
11.2 0.847 56.7 115.8 11.93 23.87 249,363 97,378 24
11.3 0.844 52.3 125.4 10.91 25.63 270,179 89,833 25
11.4 0.841 48.0 135.1 9.92 27.36 290,913 82,414 26
11.5 0.839 43.6 144.7 8.94 29.06 311,692 74,850 28
11.6 0.836 39.2 154.4 7.97 30.73 332,509 67,421 29
Continues on next page

212 Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide (NaCl/NaBr) U.S.


Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density NaCl NaBr
lb/gal Water (99%) dry (97%) dry NaCl NaBr Br Cl TCT
@ 70 F bbl/bbl lb/bbl lb/bbl wt % wt % mg/L mg/L F
11.7 0.833 34.9 164.0 7.03 32.38 353,217 59,853 29
MONOVALENT BRINES

11.8 0.830 30.5 173.7 6.10 33.99 373,946 52,429 29


11.9 0.828 26.2 183.3 5.18 35.58 394,833 44,871 29
12.0 0.825 21.8 193.0 4.28 37.14 415,584 37,466 29
12.1 0.822 17.4 202.6 3.40 38.67 436,336 29,932 30
12.2 0.819 13.1 212.3 2.53 40.18 457,080 22,415 31
12.3 0.817 8.7 221.9 1.67 41.67 477,810 14,918 32
12.4 0.814 4.4 231.6 0.83 43.13 498,666 7,445 32
12.5 0.811 0.0 241.2 0.00 44.56 519,346 0 33

213 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide


NaCl/NaBr Brine
Using 10.0 lb/gal NaCl Brine and
12.5 lb/gal NaBr Brine
To make one barrel
Brine
Density Pressure 10.0 lb/gal 12.5 lb/gal
at 60 F Gradient NaCl NaBr TCT
lb/gal psi/ft (bbl) (bbl) F
10.0 0.520 1.000 0.000 23
10.1 0.525 0.960 0.040 24
10.2 0.530 0.920 0.080 25
10.3 0.536 0.880 0.120 26
10.4 0.541 0.840 0.160 27
10.5 0.546 0.800 0.200 27
10.6 0.551 0.760 0.240 26
10.7 0.556 0.720 0.280 26
10.8 0.562 0.680 0.320 26
10.9 0.567 0.640 0.360 26
11.0 0.572 0.600 0.400 25
11.1 0.577 0.560 0.440 25
11.2 0.582 0.520 0.480 24
11.3 0.588 0.480 0.520 25
11.4 0.593 0.440 0.560 27
11.5 0.598 0.400 0.600 28
11.6 0.603 0.360 0.640 29
11.7 0.608 0.320 0.680 29
11.8 0.613 0.280 0.720 30
11.9 0.618 0.240 0.760 30
12.0 0.623 0.200 0.800 31
12.1 0.628 0.160 0.840 31
12.2 0.633 0.120 0.880 32
12.3 0.639 0.080 0.920 32
12.4 0.644 0.040 0.960 33
12.5 0.650 0.000 1.000 33

214 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Chloride NaCl (Metric)


Mixing dry NaCl (99%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific
Gravity NaCl Water NaCl Na+ Cl TCT
(SG) kg/m3 m3/m3 wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.00 0.0 1.000 0.0 0.0 0.0 0
1.01 11.1 0.999 0.3 4,181 6,435 1
1.02 26.7 0.994 1.5 10,278 15,846 2
1.03 42.4 0.988 2.8 16,375 25,257 3
1.04 58.1 0.982 4.1 22,472 34,669 4
1.05 73.7 0.977 5.4 28,569 44,080 4
1.06 89.4 0.971 6.7 34,666 53,491 5
1.07 105.1 0.965 7.9 40,763 62,903 6
1.08 120.7 0.959 9.2 46,860 72,314 7
1.09 136.4 0.954 10.5 52,957 81,725 9
1.10 152.1 0.948 11.8 59,054 91,136 10
1.11 167.7 0.942 13.1 65,151 100,548 11
1.12 183.4 0.937 14.3 71,248 109,959 12
1.13 199.1 0.931 15.6 77,345 119,370 13
1.14 214.7 0.925 16.9 83,442 128,781 15
1.15 230.4 0.919 18.2 89,539 138,193 17
1.16 246.1 0.914 19.4 95,636 147,604 19
1.17 261.7 0.908 20.7 101,733 157,015 20
1.18 277.4 0.902 22.0 107,830 166,427 21
1.19 293.1 0.897 23.3 113,928 175,838 11
1.20 308.7 0.891 24.6 120,025 185,249 4

215 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Chloride NaCl (Metric)


Blending 1.2 SG NaCl (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaCl
Gravity 1.2 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.00 0 1.000 0
1.01 0.035 0.965 1
1.02 0.085 0.915 2
1.03 0.135 0.865 3
1.04 0.186 0.814 4
1.05 0.236 0.764 4
1.06 0.287 0.713 5
1.07 0.337 0.663 6
1.08 0.387 0.613 7
1.09 0.438 0.562 9
1.10 0.488 0.512 10
1.11 0.539 0.461 11
1.12 0.589 0.411 12
1.13 0.639 0.361 13
1.14 0.690 0.310 15
1.15 0.740 0.260 17
1.16 0.791 0.209 19
1.17 0.841 0.159 20
1.18 0.891 0.109 21
1.19 0.942 0.058 11
1.20 1.000 0.000 4

216 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Potassium Chloride KCl (Metric)


Mixing dry KCl (99%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific KCl (99%)
Gravity Water dry KCl TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 wt % C
1.00 0.9983 4.6 0.5 0
1.01 0.9942 15.7 1.6 1
1.02 0.9882 31.7 3.1 2
1.03 0.982 47.9 4.7 2
1.04 0.9756 64.2 6.2 3
1.05 0.969 80.7 7.7 4
1.06 0.9623 97.4 9.2 5
1.07 0.9554 114.2 10.7 5
1.08 0.9484 131.2 12.2 6
1.09 0.9412 148.3 13.6 7
1.10 0.9339 165.5 15.1 8
1.11 0.9266 182.9 16.5 9
1.12 0.9191 200.3 17.9 10
1.13 0.9115 217.9 19.3 11
1.14 0.9038 235.5 20.7 6
1.15 0.8961 253.2 22.1 1
1.16 0.8883 270.9 23.4 8
1.17 0.8805 288.7 24.7 15
1.18 0.8726 306.5 26 23
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

217 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Bromide NaBr (Metric)


Mixing dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific
Gravity NaBr Water NaBr Na Br TCT
(SG) kg/m3 m3/m3 wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.08 104.6 0.976 9.8 22,694 80,000 4
1.09 118.5 0.972 10.8 25,699 90,000 5
1.10 132.4 0.969 11.9 28,704 100,000 18
1.11 146.2 0.965 12.9 31,709 110,000 12
1.12 160.1 0.961 14.0 34,714 120,000 6
1.13 173.9 0.957 15.0 37,719 130,000 7
1.14 187.8 0.953 16.0 40,725 140,000 8
1.15 201.6 0.949 17.0 43,730 150,000 9
1.16 215.5 0.945 18.0 46,735 160,000 10
1.17 229.4 0.941 18.9 49,740 170,000 11
1.18 243.2 0.937 19.9 52,745 180,000 11
1.19 257.1 0.934 20.8 55,750 190,000 12
1.20 270.9 0.930 21.8 58,755 200,000 13
1.21 284.8 0.926 22.7 61,760 210,000 14
1.22 298.6 0.922 23.6 64,765 220,000 15
1.23 312.5 0.918 24.5 67,771 230,000 15
1.24 326.3 0.914 25.4 70,776 240,000 16
1.25 340.2 0.910 26.3 73,781 250,000 17
1.26 354.1 0.906 27.2 76,786 260,000 18
1.27 367.9 0.902 28.0 79,791 270,000 19
1.28 381.8 0.899 28.9 82,796 280,000 19
1.29 395.6 0.895 29.7 85,801 290,000 20
Continues on next page

218 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Sodium Bromide NaBr (Metric)


Mixing dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific
Gravity NaBr Water NaBr Na Br TCT
(SG) kg/m3 m3/m3 wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.3 409.5 0.891 30.5 88,806 300,000 21
1.31 423.3 0.887 31.3 91,811 310,000 22
1.32 437.2 0.883 32.1 94,817 320,000 23
1.33 451.0 0.879 32.9 97,822 330,000 24
1.34 464.9 0.875 33.7 100,827 340,000 24
1.35 478.8 0.871 34.4 103,832 350,000 25
1.36 492.6 0.867 35.2 106,837 360,000 26
1.37 506.5 0.864 35.9 109,842 370,000 27
1.38 520.3 0.860 36.6 112,847 380,000 28
1.39 534.2 0.856 37.4 115,852 390,000 28
1.40 548.0 0.852 38.1 118,857 400,000 28
1.41 561.9 0.848 38.8 121,863 410,000 28
1.42 575.8 0.844 39.4 124,868 420,000 27
1.43 589.6 0.840 40.1 127,873 430,000 24
1.44 603.5 0.836 40.8 130,878 440,000 21
1.45 617.3 0.832 41.4 133,883 450,000 17
1.46 631.2 0.829 42.0 136,888 460,000 15
1.47 645.0 0.825 42.7 139,893 470,000 12
1.48 658.9 0.821 43.3 142,898 480,000 7
1.49 672.7 0.817 43.9 145,903 490,000 2
1.50 686.6 0.813 44.5 148,909 500,000 3
1.51 700.5 0.809 45.0 151,914 510,000 8
1.52 714.3 0.805 45.6 154,919 520,000 10
1.53 728.2 0.801 46.2 157,924 530,000 12

219 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Bromide NaBr (Metric)


Blending 1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaBr
Gravity 1.5 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.080 0.157 0.845 4
1.092 0.180 0.822 5
1.104 0.203 0.800 18
1.116 0.226 0.777 6
1.128 0.250 0.754 7
1.140 0.273 0.731 8
1.152 0.296 0.708 9
1.164 0.320 0.684 10
1.176 0.344 0.660 11
1.188 0.368 0.637 12
1.200 0.392 0.613 13
1.212 0.416 0.588 14
1.224 0.440 0.564 15
1.236 0.464 0.540 16
1.248 0.488 0.516 17
1.261 0.512 0.492 18
1.273 0.537 0.467 19
1.285 0.561 0.443 20
1.297 0.585 0.418 21
1.309 0.610 0.393 22
1.321 0.634 0.369 23
1.333 0.659 0.344 24
1.345 0.683 0.320 25
1.357 0.707 0.295 26
Continues on next page

220 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Sodium Bromide NaBr (Metric)


Blending 1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaBr
Gravity 1.5 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.369 0.732 0.270 27
1.381 0.756 0.246 28
1.393 0.781 0.221 28
1.405 0.805 0.196 28
1.417 0.830 0.172 27
1.429 0.854 0.147 24
1.441 0.879 0.122 21
1.453 0.903 0.098 17
1.465 0.927 0.073 12
1.477 0.951 0.049 7
1.489 0.976 0.024 2
1.501 1.000 0.000 3

221 Go To Table of Contents


Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide NaCl/NaBr (Metric)
Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity Water (99%) dry (97%) dry NaCl NaBr Br Cl TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m 3 kg/m3 wt % wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.200 0.880 311.3 0.0 25.69 0.00 0 187,080 5
1.212 0.877 298.7 27.4 24.42 2.21 20,725 179,618 4
MONOVALENT BRINES

1.224 0.874 286.5 55.1 23.17 4.37 41,494 172,094 4


1.236 0.872 273.9 82.5 21.95 6.49 62,294 164,635 3
1.248 0.869 261.6 110.2 20.75 8.57 82,992 157,123 3
1.261 0.866 249.0 137.7 19.58 10.61 103,906 149,807 3
1.273 0.863 236.5 165.4 18.42 12.61 124,627 142,321 3
1.285 0.861 224.2 192.8 17.29 14.58 145,462 134,797 3
1.297 0.858 211.6 220.5 16.18 16.51 166,275 127,365 3
Continues on next page

222 Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide NaCl/NaBr (Metric)


Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity Water (99%) dry (97%) dry NaCl NaBr Br Cl TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m 3 kg/m3 wt % wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.309 0.855 199.3 247.9 15.09 18.40 187,056 119,774 3
MONOVALENT BRINES

1.321 0.852 186.8 275.6 14.01 20.26 207,793 112,285 4


1.333 0.850 174.2 303.0 12.96 22.08 228,610 104,907 4
1.345 0.847 161.9 330.7 11.93 23.87 249,363 97,378 4
1.357 0.844 149.4 358.1 10.91 25.63 270,179 89,833 4
1.369 0.841 137.1 385.8 9.92 27.36 290,913 82,414 3
1.381 0.839 124.5 413.3 8.94 29.06 311,692 74,850 2
Continues on next page

223 Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide NaCl/NaBr (Metric)


Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity Water (99%) dry (97%) dry NaCl NaBr Br Cl TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m 3 kg/m3 wt % wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.393 0.836 112.0 441.0 7.97 30.73 332,509 67,421 2
MONOVALENT BRINES

1.405 0.833 99.7 468.4 7.03 32.38 353,217 59,853 2


1.417 0.830 87.1 496.1 6.10 33.99 373,946 52,429 2
1.429 0.828 74.8 523.5 5.18 35.58 394,833 44,871 2
1.441 0.825 62.3 551.2 4.28 37.14 415,584 37,466 2
1.453 0.822 49.7 578.6 3.40 38.67 436,336 29,932 1
1.465 0.819 37.4 606.3 2.53 40.18 457,080 22,415 1
Continues on next page

224 Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide NaCl/NaBr (Metric)


Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity Water (99%) dry (97%) dry NaCl NaBr Br Cl TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m 3 kg/m3 wt % wt % mg/L mg/L C
1.477 0.817 24.8 633.7 1.67 41.67 477,810 14,918 0
MONOVALENT BRINES

1.489 0.814 12.6 661.4 0.83 43.13 498,666 7,445 0


1.501 0.811 0.0 688.9 0.00 44.56 519,346 0 1
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

225 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide


NaCl/NaBr (Metric)
Blending 1.2 SG NaCl (liquid),
1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity 1.2 SG 1.5 SG TCT
(SG) m3 m3 C
1.200 1.000 0.000 5
1.212 0.960 0.040 4
1.224 0.920 0.080 4
1.236 0.880 0.120 3
1.248 0.840 0.160 3
1.261 0.800 0.200 3
1.273 0.760 0.240 3
1.285 0.720 0.280 3
1.297 0.680 0.320 3
1.309 0.640 0.360 3
1.321 0.600 0.400 4
1.333 0.560 0.440 4
1.345 0.520 0.480 4
1.357 0.480 0.520 4
1.369 0.440 0.560 3
1.381 0.400 0.600 2
1.393 0.360 0.640 2
1.405 0.320 0.680 2
1.417 0.280 0.720 2
1.429 0.240 0.760 2
1.441 0.200 0.800 2
Continues on next page

226 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide


NaCl/NaBr (Metric)
Blending 1.2 SG NaCl (liquid),
1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity 1.2 SG 1.5 SG TCT
(SG) m3 m3 C
1.453 0.160 0.840 1
1.465 0.120 0.880 1
1.477 0.080 0.920 0
1.489 0.040 0.960 0
1.501 0.000 1.000 1
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.

227 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Formate NaHCO2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry NaHCO2 (96%) and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density 96%
lb/gal NaHCO2 Water TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl F
8.4 5.86 0.9929 31
8.5 12.23 0.9867 29
8.6 18.71 0.9801 27
8.7 25.31 0.9733 25
8.8 32.02 0.9661 23
8.9 38.86 0.9585 20
9.0 45.83 0.9506 18
9.1 52.92 0.9423 16
9.2 60.14 0.9337 13
9.3 67.49 0.9247 11
9.4 74.98 0.9153 8
9.5 82.60 0.9055 6
9.6 90.36 0.8953 3
9.7 98.26 0.8847 6
9.8 106.30 0.8737 9
9.9 114.50 0.8623 12
10.0 122.80 0.8504 15
10.1 131.30 0.8382 18
10.2 140.00 0.8254 22
10.3 148.80 0.8123 27
10.4 157.70 0.7986 32
10.5 166.90 0.7845 38
10.6 176.10 0.7700 44
10.7 185.60 0.7549 49
10.8 195.20 0.7394 54
10.9 205.00 0.7233 59
11.0 215.00 0.7068 70

228 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry KHCO2 and water
Composition for one barrel
Density KHCO2
lb/gal Water dry KHCO2 TCT
@60 F bbl/bbl lb/bbl wt % F
8.5 0.9896 7.2 2.0 30
8.6 0.9696 21.2 5.8 29
8.7 0.9593 28.1 7.6 28
8.8 0.9504 34.9 9.4 26
8.9 0.9410 41.7 11.1 25
9.0 0.9318 48.4 12.8 23
9.1 0.9135 61.9 16.0 20
9.2 0.9044 68.6 17.6 18
9.3 0.8953 75.3 19.1 15
9.4 0.8862 81.9 20.6 12
9.5 0.8771 88.6 22.1 10
9.6 0.8680 95.3 23.6 6
9.7 0.8496 108.8 26.4 3
9.8 0.8402 115.6 27.8 0
9.9 0.8308 122.4 29.2 4
10.0 0.8213 129.2 30.6 8
10.1 0.8116 136.1 32.0 12
10.2 0.7920 150.0 34.7 16
10.3 0.7820 157.0 36.0 20
10.4 0.7719 164.0 37.3 24
10.5 0.7617 171.2 38.6 28
10.6 0.7514 178.3 39.9 32
10.7 0.7303 192.7 42.4 37
10.8 0.7196 199.9 43.7 41
10.9 0.7087 207.2 44.9 46
11.0 0.6978 214.6 46.2 50
11.1 0.6868 221.9 47.4 55
Continues on next page

229 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry KHCO2 and water
Composition for one barrel
Density KHCO2
lb/gal Water dry KHCO2 TCT
@60 F bbl/bbl lb/bbl wt % F
11.2 0.6644 236.8 49.8 59
11.3 0.6530 244.3 51.0 64
11.4 0.6416 251.8 52.2 69
11.5 0.6301 259.3 53.4 73
11.6 0.6185 266.9 54.5 75
11.7 0.5951 282.1 56.8 69
11.8 0.5833 289.7 57.9 63
11.9 0.5715 297.4 59.0 57
12.0 0.5596 305.1 60.1 51
12.1 0.5475 312.8 61.2 45
12.2 0.5233 328.3 63.4 39
12.3 0.5110 336.1 64.5 33
12.4 0.4986 344.0 65.5 28
12.5 0.4861 351.8 66.6 21
12.6 0.4735 359.8 67.6 15
12.7 0.4478 375.8 69.7 9
12.8 0.4347 383.9 70.7 3
12.9 0.4213 392.1 71.8 3
13.0 0.4077 400.4 72.8 9
13.1 0.3938 408.8 73.9 16
13.2 0.3795 417.3 74.9 22

230 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (U.S.)


Blending 13.1 lb/gal KHCO2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel
Density KHCO2
lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
8.4 0.0183 0.9817 30
8.5 0.0365 0.9635 29
8.6 0.0547 0.9453 28
8.7 0.0730 0.9270 26
8.8 0.0915 0.9085 25
8.9 0.1101 0.8899 23
9.0 0.1287 0.8713 20
9.1 0.1475 0.8525 18
9.2 0.1664 0.8336 15
9.3 0.1854 0.8146 12
9.4 0.2045 0.7955 10
9.5 0.2238 0.7762 6
9.6 0.2432 0.7568 3
9.7 0.2626 0.7374 0
9.8 0.2822 0.7178 4
9.9 0.3019 0.6981 8
10.0 0.3218 0.6782 12
10.1 0.3418 0.6582 16
10.2 0.3618 0.6382 20
10.3 0.3821 0.6179 24
10.4 0.4024 0.5976 28
10.5 0.4229 0.5771 32
10.6 0.4435 0.5565 37
10.7 0.4642 0.5358 41
10.8 0.4850 0.5150 46
10.9 0.5060 0.4940 50
11.0 0.5271 0.4729 55
Continues on next page

231 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (U.S.)


Blending 13.1 lb/gal KHCO2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one barrel
Density KHCO2
lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal Water TCT
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl F
11.1 0.5484 0.4516 59
11.2 0.5698 0.4302 64
11.3 0.5913 0.4087 69
11.4 0.6129 0.3871 73
11.5 0.6347 0.3653 75
11.6 0.6567 0.3433 69
11.7 0.6787 0.3213 63
11.8 0.7009 0.2991 57
11.9 0.7233 0.2767 51
12.0 0.7458 0.2542 45
12.1 0.7684 0.2316 39
12.2 0.7912 0.2088 33
12.3 0.8113 0.1887 28
12.4 0.8372 0.1628 21
12.5 0.8604 0.1396 15
12.6 0.8837 0.1163 9
12.7 0.9072 0.0928 3
12.8 0.9309 0.0691 3
12.9 0.9547 0.0453 9
13.0 0.9786 0.0214 16
13.1 1.0000 0.0000 22

232 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Formate/Potassium Formate


NaHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Mixing dry NaHCO2 (96%),
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2 and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
13.1
Density 96% lb/gal
lb/gal NaHCO2 Water KHCO2 NaHCO2 KHCO2 TCT
@70 F lb/bbl bbl/bbl bbl/bbl wt % wt % F
11.0 215.0 0.707 0.000 46.5 0.0 60
11.1 204.7 0.673 0.048 43.9 3.6 57
11.2 194.6 0.640 0.095 41.4 7.1 53
11.3 184.3 0.606 0.143 38.8 10.7 50
11.4 174.2 0.573 0.190 36.4 14.3 47
11.5 163.8 0.539 0.238 33.9 17.9 44
11.6 153.5 0.505 0.286 31.5 21.5 40
11.7 143.4 0.471 0.333 29.2 25.0 35
11.8 133.1 0.438 0.381 26.9 28.6 30
11.9 122.8 0.404 0.429 24.6 32.2 26
12.0 112.7 0.370 0.476 22.4 35.7 22
12.1 102.3 0.336 0.524 20.1 39.3 23
12.2 92.2 0.303 0.571 18.0 42.8 24
12.3 81.9 0.269 0.619 15.9 46.4 26
12.4 71.6 0.235 0.667 13.7 50.0 27
12.5 61.5 0.202 0.714 11.7 53.6 27
12.6 51.2 0.168 0.762 9.7 57.2 27
12.7 40.9 0.134 0.810 7.7 60.8 27
12.8 30.7 0.101 0.857 5.7 64.3 27
12.9 20.4 0.067 0.905 3.8 67.9 27
13.0 10.3 0.034 0.952 1.9 71.4 27
13.1 0.0 0.000 1.000 0.0 75.0 28

233 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate


CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Blending 17.5 lb/gal CsHCO2 and
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density 17.5 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal
lb/gal Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
@70 F (SG) bbl/bbl bbl/bbl
13.08 1.57 0.000 1.000
13.17 1.58 0.019 0.981
13.25 1.59 0.038 0.962
13.33 1.60 0.057 0.943
13.42 1.61 0.075 0.925
13.50 1.62 0.094 0.906
13.58 1.63 0.113 0.887
13.67 1.64 0.132 0.868
13.75 1.65 0.151 0.849
13.83 1.66 0.170 0.830
13.92 1.67 0.189 0.811
14.00 1.68 0.208 0.792
14.08 1.69 0.226 0.774
14.17 1.70 0.245 0.755
14.25 1.71 0.264 0.736
14.33 1.72 0.283 0.717
14.42 1.73 0.302 0.698
14.50 1.74 0.321 0.679
14.58 1.75 0.340 0.660
14.67 1.76 0.358 0.642
14.75 1.77 0.377 0.623
14.83 1.78 0.396 0.604
14.92 1.79 0.415 0.585
15.00 1.80 0.434 0.566
15.08 1.81 0.453 0.547
15.17 1.82 0.472 0.528
Continues on next page

234 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate


CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Blending 17.5 lb/gal CsHCO2 and
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density 17.5 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal
lb/gal Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
@70 F (SG) bbl/bbl bbl/bbl
15.25 1.83 0.491 0.509
15.33 1.84 0.509 0.491
15.42 1.85 0.528 0.472
15.50 1.86 0.547 0.453
15.58 1.87 0.566 0.434
15.67 1.88 0.585 0.415
15.75 1.89 0.604 0.396
15.83 1.90 0.623 0.377
15.92 1.91 0.642 0.358
16.00 1.92 0.660 0.340
16.08 1.93 0.679 0.321
16.17 1.94 0.698 0.302
16.25 1.95 0.717 0.283
16.33 1.96 0.736 0.264
16.42 1.97 0.755 0.245
16.50 1.98 0.774 0.226
16.58 1.99 0.792 0.208
16.67 2.00 0.811 0.189
16.75 2.01 0.830 0.170
16.83 2.02 0.849 0.151
16.92 2.03 0.868 0.132
17.00 2.04 0.887 0.113
17.08 2.05 0.906 0.094
Continues on next page

235 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate


CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Blending 17.5 lb/gal CsHCO2 and
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density 17.5 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal
lb/gal Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
@70 F (SG) bbl/bbl bbl/bbl
17.17 2.06 0.925 0.075
17.25 2.07 0.943 0.057
17.33 2.08 0.962 0.038
17.42 2.09 0.981 0.019
17.50 2.10 1.000 0.000
These formulations provided by CABOT.

236 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate


CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Blending 18.3 lb/gal CsHCO2 and
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
lb/gal 18.3 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal Density
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl SG
13.08 0.000 1.000 1.57
13.17 0.016 0.984 1.58
13.25 0.032 0.968 1.59
13.33 0.048 0.952 1.60
13.42 0.063 0.937 1.61
13.50 0.079 0.921 1.62
13.58 0.095 0.905 1.63
13.67 0.111 0.889 1.64
13.75 0.127 0.873 1.65
13.83 0.143 0.857 1.66
13.92 0.159 0.841 1.67
14.00 0.175 0.825 1.68
14.08 0.190 0.810 1.69
14.17 0.206 0.794 1.70
14.25 0.222 0.778 1.71
14.33 0.238 0.762 1.72
14.42 0.254 0.746 1.73
14.50 0.270 0.730 1.74
14.58 0.286 0.714 1.75
14.67 0.302 0.698 1.76
14.75 0.317 0.683 1.77
14.83 0.333 0.667 1.78
14.92 0.349 0.651 1.79
15.00 0.365 0.635 1.80
15.08 0.381 0.619 1.81
15.17 0.397 0.603 1.82
Continues on next page

237 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate


CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Blending 18.3 lb/gal CsHCO2 and
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
lb/gal 18.3 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal Density
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl SG
15.25 0.413 0.587 1.83
15.33 0.429 0.571 1.84
15.42 0.444 0.556 1.85
15.50 0.460 0.540 1.86
15.58 0.476 0.524 1.87
15.67 0.492 0.508 1.88
15.75 0.508 0.492 1.89
15.83 0.524 0.476 1.90
15.92 0.540 0.460 1.91
16.00 0.556 0.444 1.92
16.08 0.571 0.429 1.93
16.17 0.587 0.413 1.94
16.25 0.603 0.397 1.95
16.33 0.619 0.381 1.96
16.42 0.635 0.365 1.97
16.50 0.651 0.349 1.98
16.58 0.667 0.333 1.99
16.67 0.683 0.317 2.00
16.75 0.698 0.302 2.01
16.83 0.714 0.286 2.02
16.92 0.730 0.270 2.03
17.00 0.746 0.254 2.04
17.08 0.762 0.238 2.05
17.17 0.778 0.222 2.06
17.25 0.794 0.206 2.07
Continues on next page

238 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate


CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Blending 18.3 lb/gal CsHCO2 and
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
lb/gal 18.3 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal Density
@70 F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl SG
17.33 0.810 0.190 2.08
17.42 0.825 0.175 2.09
17.50 0.841 0.159 2.10
17.58 0.857 0.143 2.11
17.67 0.873 0.127 2.12
17.75 0.889 0.111 2.13
17.83 0.905 0.095 2.14
17.92 0.921 0.079 2.15
18.00 0.937 0.063 2.16
18.08 0.952 0.048 2.17
18.17 0.968 0.032 2.18
18.25 0.984 0.016 2.19
18.33 1.000 0.000 2.20
These formulations provided by CABOT.

239 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Formate NaHCO2 (Metric)


Mixing dry KHCO2 (96%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaHCO2 (96%)
Gravity Water dry TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 C
1.01 0.9927 17.26 1
1.02 0.9875 32.36 2
1.03 0.9822 47.68 3
1.04 0.9766 63.23 3
1.05 0.9707 79.02 4
1.06 0.9647 95.05 5
1.07 0.9583 111.3 7
1.08 0.9518 127.8 7
1.09 0.9450 144.6 8
1.10 0.9379 161.6 10
1.11 0.9306 178.9 11
1.12 0.9230 196.4 12
1.13 0.9151 214.2 13
1.14 0.9070 232.3 14
1.15 0.8986 250.6 16
1.16 0.8899 269.2 16
1.17 0.8810 288.1 14
1.18 0.8717 307.3 13
1.19 0.8622 326.8 11
1.20 0.8524 346.6 10
1.21 0.8423 366.6 8
1.22 0.8318 387.0 7
1.23 0.8211 407.7 4
1.24 0.8100 428.6 2
1.25 0.7987 449.9 0
1.26 0.7870 471.6 3
Continues on next page

240 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Sodium Formate NaHCO2 (Metric)


Mixing dry KHCO2 (96%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific NaHCO2
Gravity Water (96%) dry TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 C
1.27 0.7750 493.5 6
1.28 0.7626 515.8 8
1.29 0.7499 538.4 11
1.30 0.7369 561.4 13
1.31 0.7235 584.7 15
1.32 0.7098 608.3 20

241 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (Metric)


Mixing dry KHCO2 and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific KHCO2
Gravity Water dry KHCO2 TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 wt % C
1.01 0.9896 20.4 2.0 1
1.02 0.9795 40.5 3.9 2
1.03 0.9696 60.4 5.8 3
1.04 0.9593 80.1 7.6 3
1.05 0.9504 99.6 9.4 4
1.06 0.9410 119.0 11.1 5
1.07 0.9318 138.2 12.8 6
1.08 0.9226 157.4 14.4 7
1.09 0.9135 176.5 16.0 8
1.10 0.9044 195.6 17.6 9
1.11 0.8953 214.7 19.1 11
1.12 0.8862 233.8 20.6 12
1.13 0.8771 252.8 22.1 13
1.14 0.8680 272.0 23.6 15
1.15 0.8588 291.2 25.0 16
1.16 0.8496 310.4 26.4 18
1.17 0.8402 329.8 27.8 19
1.18 0.8308 349.2 29.2 21
1.19 0.8213 368.7 30.6 23
1.20 0.8116 388.4 32.0 25
1.21 0.8019 408.1 33.3 26
1.22 0.7920 428.0 34.7 28
1.23 0.7820 448.0 36.0 30
1.24 0.7719 468.0 37.3 32
1.25 0.7617 488.3 38.6 34
1.26 0.7514 508.6 39.9 36
1.27 0.7409 529.1 41.2 39
Continues on next page

242 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (Metric)


Mixing dry KHCO2 and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific KHCO2
Gravity Water dry KHCO2 TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 wt % C
1.28 0.7303 549.7 42.4 41
1.29 0.7196 570.4 43.7 43
1.30 0.7087 591.2 44.9 45
1.31 0.6978 612.2 46.2 48
1.32 0.6868 633.2 47.4 50
1.33 0.6756 654.4 48.6 52
1.34 0.6644 675.6 49.8 55
1.35 0.6530 696.9 51.0 57
1.36 0.6416 718.4 52.2 60
1.37 0.6301 739.9 53.4 61
1.38 0.6185 761.5 54.5 58
1.39 0.6069 783.1 55.7 56
1.40 0.5951 804.8 56.8 53
1.41 0.5833 826.6 57.9 50
1.42 0.5715 848.5 59.0 48
1.43 0.5596 870.5 60.1 45
1.44 0.5475 892.5 61.2 42
1.45 0.5354 914.6 62.3 39
1.46 0.5233 936.7 63.4 36
1.47 0.5110 959.0 64.5 33
1.48 0.4986 981.4 65.5 31
1.49 0.4861 1003.8 66.6 28
1.50 0.4735 1026.5 67.6 25
1.51 0.4608 1049.2 68.6 22
1.52 0.4478 1072.2 69.7 19
1.53 0.4347 1095.3 70.7 16
Continues on next page

243 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (Metric)


Mixing dry KHCO2 and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific KHCO2
Gravity Water dry KHCO2 TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 wt % C
1.54 0.4213 1118.6 71.8 13
1.55 0.4077 1142.3 72.8 10
1.56 0.3938 1166.2 73.9 8
1.57 0.3795 1190.5 74.9 5
1.58 0.3649 1215.1 76.0 2

244 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (Metric)


Blending 1.57 SG KHCO2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Density KHCO2
lb/gal 1.57 SG Water TCT
@ 70 F m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.01 0.0189 0.9811 1
1.02 0.0338 0.9662 2
1.03 0.0488 0.9512 2
1.04 0.0639 0.9361 3
1.05 0.0791 0.9209 4
1.06 0.0944 0.9056 5
1.07 0.1097 0.8903 6
1.08 0.1252 0.8748 6
1.09 0.1407 0.8593 7
1.10 0.1563 0.8437 8
1.11 0.1720 0.8280 9
1.12 0.1877 0.8123 10
1.13 0.2036 0.7964 12
1.14 0.2195 0.7805 13
1.15 0.2355 0.7645 14
1.16 0.2516 0.7484 15
1.17 0.2678 0.7322 17
1.18 0.2840 0.7160 18
1.19 0.3004 0.6996 20
1.20 0.3168 0.6832 21
1.21 0.3333 0.6667 23
1.22 0.3499 0.6501 24
1.23 0.3666 0.6334 26
1.24 0.3834 0.6166 28
1.25 0.4003 0.5997 30
1.26 0.4173 0.5827 32
Continues on next page

245 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (Metric)


Blending 1.57 SG KHCO2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Density KHCO2
lb/gal 1.57 SG Water TCT
@ 70 F m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.27 0.4343 0.5657 34
1.28 0.4515 0.5485 36
1.29 0.4687 0.5313 39
1.30 0.4860 0.5140 41
1.31 0.5035 0.4965 43
1.32 0.5210 0.4790 46
1.33 0.5386 0.4614 49
1.34 0.5563 0.4437 51
1.35 0.5741 0.4259 54
1.36 0.5919 0.4081 57
1.37 0.6099 0.3901 58
1.38 0.6280 0.3720 54
1.39 0.6462 0.3538 51
1.40 0.6644 0.3356 47
1.41 0.6828 0.3172 52
1.42 0.7012 0.2988 49
1.43 0.7198 0.2802 47
1.44 0.7385 0.2615 44
1.45 0.7572 0.2428 41
1.46 0.7761 0.2239 38
1.47 0.7950 0.2050 36
1.48 0.8141 0.1859 33
1.49 0.8332 0.1668 30
1.50 0.8525 0.1475 27
1.51 0.8718 0.1282 24
Continues on next page

246 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Potassium Formate KHCO2 (Metric)


Blending 1.57 SG KHCO2 (liquid) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Density KHCO2
lb/gal 1.57 SG Water TCT
@ 70 F m3/m3 m3/m3 C
1.52 0.8913 0.1087 22
1.53 0.9109 0.0891 19
1.54 0.9305 0.0695 16
1.55 0.9503 0.0497 13
1.56 0.9702 0.0298 10
1.57 0.9901 0.0099 8

247 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

NH4Cl Brine (U.S.)


Composition for one barrel of fluid

Specific %
Gravity lb NH4CL bbl NH4CL
Density (SG) per bbl Water/ Weight/
lb/gal at 60 F Brine bbl Brine Weight
8.4 1.007 7 0.990 1.98
8.45 1.013 10.5 0.981 3.0
8.5 1.020 19 0.969 5.3
8.6 1.031 30 0.940 8.4
8.7 1.044 42 0.919 11.5
8.8 1.055 53 0.900 14.4
8.9 1.068 65 0.881 17.4
9.0 1.079 77 0.860 20.4
9.1 1.128 88 0.840 23.0
9.2 1.103 100 0.819 25.8
9.3 1.139 135 0.750 33.9

248 Go To Table of Contents


Combination Sodium Chloride Calcium Chloride Solutions
Materials to prepare one barrel of fluid
Specific Solution Weight Using 94 to 97% CaCl2 and NaCl Using 77 to 80% CaCl2 and NaCl
Gravity Fresh- Fresh- psi of Freezing
(SG) at lb/gal at lb/ft3 at CaCl2 NaCl water CaCl2 NaCl water ft Point
60 F 60 F 60 F lb lb gal lb lb gal Depth F
1.21 10.1 75.56 29 88 36.8 36 88 35.8 0.524 4
1.22 10.2 76.31 52 70 36.8 64 70 35.1 0.529 10
MONOVALENT BRINES

1.23 10.25 76.68 62 62 36.8 76.5 62 34.7 0.532 12


1.24 10.3 77.05 72 54 36.8 89 54 34.3 0.535 15
1.25 10.4 77.8 89 41 36.8 110 41 33.8 0.54 21
1.26 10.5 78.55 104 32 36.7 128 32 32.8 0.545 26
1.27 10.6 79.3 116 25 36.5 143 25 32.6 0.55 32
1.28 10.7 80.05 126 20 36.4 155 20 32.2 0.555 38
Continues on next page

249 Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page

Combination Sodium Chloride Calcium Chloride Solutions


Materials to prepare one barrel of fluid
Specific Solution Weight Using 94 to 97% CaCl2 and NaCl Using 77 to 80% CaCl2 and NaCl
Gravity Fresh- Fresh- psi of Freezing
(SG) at lb/gal at lb/ft3 at CaCl2 NaCl water CaCl2 NaCl water ft Point
60 F 60 F 60 F lb lb gal lb lb gal Depth F
1.29 10.75 80.42 131 18 36.3 161 18 32.0 0.558 40
MONOVALENT BRINES

1.30 10.8 80.79 135 16 36.3 167 16 31.7 0.561 42


1.31 10.9 81.54 144 13 36.2 178 13 31.3 0.566 24
1.32 11 82.29 151 10 36.1 186 10 31.0 0.571 12
1.33 11.1 83.04 159 8 36 196 8 30.6 0.576 0

250 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Potassium Bromide KBr


Molecular Weight = 119.01
Relative Specific Refractivity = 0.627
Specific Crystallization
KBr by Density Gravity Temperature
wt % lb/gal (SG) F
1 8 1 32
1 8 1 31
2 8 1 31
2 8 1 31
3 8 1 31
3 9 1 30
4 9 1 30
4 9 1 30
5 9 1 30
5 9 1 29
6 9 1 29
6 9 1 29
7 9 1 29
7 9 1 28
8 9 1 28
8 9 1 28
9 9 1 27
9 9 1 27
10 9 1 27
10 9 1 27
11 9 1 26
12 9 1 25
13 9 1 25
14 9 1 24
15 9 1 23
16 9 1 23
Continues on next page

251 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Potassium Bromide KBr


Molecular Weight = 119.01
Relative Specific Refractivity = 0.627
Specific Crystallization
KBr by Density Gravity Temperature
wt % lb/gal (SG) F
17 9 1 22
18 10 1 21
19 10 1 20
20 10 1 20
22 10 1 18
24 10 1 16
26 10 1 15
28 10 1 13
30 11 1 11
32 11 1 9
34 11 1
36 11 1
38 11 1
40 11 1
CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics
57th edition 19761977
CRC Press

252 Go To Table of Contents


MONOVALENT BRINES

Sodium Acetate NaH3C2O2 (U.S.)


Mixing dry Sodium Acetate and water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
Sodium
Density Water Acetate Sodium Acetate TCT
lb/gal bbl/bbl lb/bbl mg/L mg/L F
8.3 0.9976 1.75 1,401 3,598 32
8.4 0.9901 7.06 5,647 14,502 31
8.5 0.9739 17.92 14,330 36,785 29
8.6 0.9627 25.33 20,250 52,009 27
8.7 0.9517 32.90 26,300 67,556 24
8.8 0.9350 44.56 35,630 91,509 22
8.9 0.9234 52.54 42,010 107,883 19
9.0 0.9113 60.67 48,510 124,583 15
9.1 0.8987 68.95 55,130 141,592 12
9.2 0.8856 77.38 61,870 158,904 7
9.3 0.8720 85.96 68,730 176,513 3
9.4 0.8579 94.69 75,710 194,436 1
9.5 0.8434 103.57 82,810 212,674 22
9.6 0.8286 112.62 90,050 231,263 28
9.7 0.8136 121.87 97,440 250,264 42

253 Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 3
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS

EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS
3.

Go To Table of Contents
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS

Increase the Density of a Single-Salt


System Using the Same Dry Salt
In order to increase the density of a single salt
with the same dry salt, you must have blend
charts that contain the pounds per barrel of salt
and the water fraction. These equations apply
for any single salt as long as it is the same as the
base brine.

Do = Density of the original fluid in lb/gal


Df = Density of the final fluid in lb/gal

Wo = Water fraction of the original fluid


Wf = Water fraction of the final fluid

So = Salt of the original fluid in pounds


Sf = Salt of the final fluid in pounds

Vo = Volume of the original fluid in bbl


Vf = Volume of the final fluid in bbl

Pounds of salt to add = ((Wo * Sf /Wf) So) * Vo


Volume gained = (Wo /Wf * Vo ) Vo

Example using CaCl2 Table on page 15:


To weigh up 100 bbl of 9.0 lb/gal CaCl2 to
9.9 lb/gal CaCl2 with dry CaCl2

Pounds of salt to add = ((Wo * Sf /Wf ) So) * Vo


Pounds of salt to add = (0.9755 * 89.4/0.9346)
37.2) * 100
Pounds of salt to add = 5,611 lb

Volume gained = (Wo /Wf * Vo ) Vo


Volume gained = (0.9755/0.9346 * 100) 100
Volume gained = 4.4 bbl

31 Go To Table of Contents
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS

Increase the Density of a Two-Salt System


Using Dry Bromide
In order to increase the density of a two-salt
system with the dry bromide, you must have
blend charts that contain the pounds per barrel
of salt and the water fraction. These equations
apply to both NaBr and CaBr2 additions. If using
NaBr, substitute NaBr in the following equa-
tions for CaBr2.

Do = Density of the original fluid in lb/gal


Df = Density of the final fluid in lb/gal

Wo = Water fraction of the original fluid


Wf = Water fraction of the final fluid

Co = Chloride salt of the original fluid


Cf = Chloride salt of the final fluid

Bo = Bromide salt of the original fluid


Bf = Bromide salt of the final fluid

Vo = Volume of the original fluid in bbl


Vf = Volume of the final fluid in bbl

Wa = Water to add to start the blend (bbl)


Ba = Pounds of bromide salt to add

Vf = (Co /Cf ) * Vo
Wa = Vo(Co * Wf /Cf) Vo(Wo)
Ba = Vo(Co * Bf/Cf) Vo(Bo)

32 Go To Table of Contents
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS
Example:
To weigh up 100 bbl of 12.0 lb/gal CaBr2/CaCl2
to 12.5 lb/gal CaBr2/CaCl2 with dry CaBr2

Vf = Co/Cf * Vo
Vf = 194.1/183.7 * 100
Vf = 105.7

Wa = Vo(Co * Wf /Cf) Vo(Wo)


Wa = 100(194.1 * 0.768/183.7) 100(0.793)
Wa = 1.8 bbl

Ba = Vo(Co * Bf/Cf) Vo(Bo)


Ba = 100(183.7 * 72.6/183.7) 100(32.3)
Ba = 4,030 lb

33 Go To Table of Contents
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS

How to Calculate Weight % Salt


To calculate the % by weight salt in a brine
system, one must know the density and the
amount of salt (lb/bbl) in the brine.

% by weight = Pounds of salt in the brine


system/(density in lb/gal * 42)

For example:
To calculate the % by weight of an
8.5 lb/gal KCl.

% by weight = 11.6/(8.5 lb/gal * 42)

% by weight = 3.2% or ~3% KCl (by weight)

To convert % by weight or weight percent to


parts per million (ppm) multiply by 10,000.

3% KCl (by weight or w/w) = 3 * 10,000


= 30,000 ppm

To convert parts per million (ppm) to milligram


per liter (mg/L), divide ppm by specific gravity
of the fluid.

To convert density into specific gravity, divide


by density of water @ 70 F = 8.5/8.345
= 1.019

30,000 ppm = 30,000/1.019


= 29,452 mg/L

34 Go To Table of Contents
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 4
QHSE

QHSE
4.

Go To Table of Contents
QHSE

Completion Fluids Safe Handling Guide


The Hazards
Like all chemicals, oilfield completion fluids
(brines) can be hazardous to your health if not
handled properly. Brines have unique chemical
properties and consequently must be handled
differently from conventional drilling muds.
Brines are salts dissolved in water. Brines
used in oil and gas well completions are for-
mulated with sodium chloride (NaCl, table
salt), potassium chloride (KCl), sodium bromide
(NaBr), calcium chloride (CaCl2), calcium bro-
mide (CaBr2), zinc bromide (ZnBr2), sodium
formate (NaHCO2), and potassium formate
(KHCO2). Brines may also contain various vis-
cosifiers, corrosion inhibitors and other addi-
tives for special applications.
Water weighs 8.3 lb/gal (1 SG) while oilfield
brines can weigh from 8.4 to 20 lb/gal (1.01 to
2.4 SG), depending upon the amount and type
of salt added. Generally, as brines get heavier
they are more dangerous to handle and are
more damaging to equipment and the
environment.
Hazardous Properties of Brines
Acidity (pH) Zinc brines are acidic.
Absorption of water Heavy brines contain
so much salt that they will absorb water from
their surroundings.
Chemical reactions Toxic chlorine or
bromine gas can be released from brines.
There are two circumstances where this
could occur:
1. When brines are exposed to the extremely
high temperatures of a fire, or

41 Go To Table of Contents
QHSE
2. When brines are exposed to strong oxidizing
agents used to break viscosifiers.
Toxicity Brines can be toxic if large quanti-
ties are swallowed. This is usually not a signifi-
cant route of exposure at the rigsite.
Mixing Salts
Dry sodium/potassium/ammonium chloride
added to water reduces solution temperature
very slightly
Dry sodium/potassium bromide added to
water raises solution temperature very slightly
Dry calcium chloride/bromide added to water
raises solution temperature significantly
Temperature rise depends on rate of addition
Addition of dry CaCl2 or CaBr2 can boil water
Effects of Exposure
Skin contact The acidity and/or the ten-
dency of brines to absorb water from their
surroundings means that they can be quite
irritating or even corrosive to the skin. The irri-
tating effect of brines is usually delayed; you
may not feel anything for several minutes or
even hours after exposure.
Eye contact Brines are immediately and
severely irritating to the eyes. Permanent eye
damage may result from even short exposure
to heavy brines. Wash eyes for at least 15 min
after exposure and get medical attention.
Inhalation Inhalation of brine mist or spray
can be irritating to the mucous membranes of
the nose, mouth and throat.
Ingestion Swallowing brine may cause
nausea, vomiting and diarrhea in addition to
irritation of the mucous membranes of the
gastrointestinal tract. Swallowing large quan-
tities may cause more serious toxic effects,

42 Go To Table of Contents
QHSE
depending on the density of the brine and
the additives that it contains.
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING WHEN ZINC
BROMIDE BRINES ARE INJESTED.
Protecting Yourself
Read and follow the instructions on the MSDS
Always have the Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) available on location for all chemicals
that you handle. Read and follow all instruc-
tions on the MSDS.
Avoid exposure
Avoiding exposure to brines is always the best
way to protect yourself. However, this is not
always possible on the job. Whenever expo-
sure is possible use the equipment, procedures
and precautions outlined below.
Use the correct Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)
The following special equipment is necessary
for handling brines:

Eyes Wear chemical splash goggles


designed to seal against the skin around
both eyes and give protection against splashes
from any angle. A full face shield may be used
in addition to goggles to protect the face.

Body Wear slicker suits in areas where


exposure is likely. Slicker suits are hot and
interfere with the body's natural cooling,
therefore, a slower work pace or rotating
workers may be necessary. Rubber or plastic
aprons may be worn for some jobs, such as
carrying sacks. These are more comfortable
than slicker suits but do not give as much
protection.

43 Go To Table of Contents
QHSE
Hands Wear leak-proof gloves made of
natural or synthetic-rubber material. Glove
cuffs should be worn inside of slicker suit
sleeves to prevent brine from running off of
sleeves into gloves. For some jobs it may be
necessary to seal sleeves over glove cuffs
using tape to prevent brine from running into
sleeves when hands are raised. Cloth gloves
may be worn over rubber gloves to provide a
better grip and protect the rubber gloves from
tearing. Do not use leather gloves.

Feet Wear leak-proof rubber steel-toe boots.


Do not use leather boots.

Respiratory Use a NIOSH-approved P95


half-mask disposable or reusable particulate
mask for mist/aerosol. All respiratory protec-
tion equipment should be used within a com-
prehensive respiratory protection program
that meets the requirements of 29 CFR
1910.134 (OSHA Respiratory Protection
Standard) or local equivalent.
Practice good skin care
Dermatitis, or skin irritation, is a common
problem when handling brines. The following
3-step program is designed to help you pre-
vent dermatitis:

Protection Before contact with brines apply


a barrier cream to areas that are not easily
covered by some other form of PPE. Use a bar-
rier cream specifically designed to protect
against water-based hazards. Barrier creams
should be used in addition to the PPE men-
tioned above, not as a substitute for it.

44 Go To Table of Contents
QHSE
Cleaning Wash frequently; use hand soap,
not harsh industrial cleaners.

Reconditioning Contact with brines and


frequent washing of the skin can result in
loss of the skin's natural oils and moisture.
To prevent dry, chaffed, and irritated skin,
apply a reconditioning skin lotion after work
and as needed.
Over-the-counter hydrocortisone cream
may be used to relieve minor skin irritation.
Follow instructions and precautions provided
by the manufacturer. If left untreated minor
skin irritation can progress rapidly, resulting
in intense itching and blisters which can
become infected. Cases of severe dermatitis,
especially if infection is suspected, should be
referred to a doctor immediately.
Safety equipment
Emergency eye washes and showers should
be installed and easily accessible in all areas
where brines are used, especially on the rig
floor, shaker area and mud pits. Eye washes
and showers should be plainly marked with
signs and workers should be trained in their
location and proper use.
Rigsite precautions
Use pipe wipers when pulling pipe. Keep the
pipe wiper below waist level so that brine will
not splash into workers faces.
Brines are slippery. Use non-slip surfaces
on the rig floor, stairs and decks.
Rinse off tools periodically to provide a
better grip and prevent brine from being
transferred to clothing.

45 Go To Table of Contents
QHSE
Make sure that brine storage containers
and seals are strong enough to hold the brine
without rupturing or leaking. Heavy-duty
tanks should be used for brines weighing over
13.5 lb/gal (1.62 SG).
Environmental Issues
The Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) and
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (Clean
Water Act) list zinc bromide as a hazardous
substance with a Reportable Quantity (RQ) of
1,000 lb (453.6 kg).
Brines may be toxic to aquatic plants and
animal life. Care should be taken to prevent
brines from entering waterways. Contact
M-I SWACO Environmental Affairs for more
information.
North Sea
Under the environmental regulations govern-
ing offshore operations in the North Sea, all
completion brines with the exception of zinc
bromide are considered acceptable for dis-
charge. This includes sodium, potassium and
cesium formate. Completion brines containing
zinc bromide brines may still be used in excep-
tional circumstances, with the prior approval
of the government environmental body respon-
sible for the geographical region in which the
operation will take place.

46 Go To Table of Contents
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
COMPLETION FLUIDS

5.
MANUAL
Chapter 5
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE

Go To Table of Contents
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE

Temperature and Pressure Effects


on Completion Fluid
Completion fluids exhibit the typical volumetric
response to temperature and pressure, i.e.,
expanding with increasing temperature and
compressing with increasing pressure. In a
shallow water or land-based wellbore, the
expansion of a completion fluid with temper-
ature produces a more pronounced affect
on volume than does pressure. This overall
increase in volume results in a fluid of lower
density at the bottom of the well than at the
surface. In deepwater environments however,
the depth of cold water will impact the expan-
sion/compression relationship such that the
fluid at the mud line is heavier than that at
the surface. The combination of hydrostatic
pressure and cold temperature can have cata-
strophic effects unless the fluid is properly for-
mulated to account for this environment.
Phase Diagrams
True Crystallization Temperature (TCT) is
that temperature at which the brine solution
is fully saturated with respect to the least solu-
ble salt. Figure 5.1 represents the TCT test results
of an example CaCl2-CaBr2 completion brine.
Included in the diagram is the first crystal to
appear (FCTA) and the last crystal to dissolve
(LCTD). Figure 5.2 presents the phase diagram
(TCT v. Temperature) for various common com-
pletion fluids. Crystallization of the fluid as a
result of hydrostatic pressure is referred to as
Pressurized Crystallization Temperature (PCT).
Figure 5.3 shows the impact of pressure on the

51 Go To Table of Contents
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
TCT of a CaCl2-CaBr2 completion brine with a
TCT of 40 F (4.4 C).

Figure 5.1: Crystallization of a calcium


chloride/calcium bromide brine
g
Temperature ( F)
80
75
70
65
60 TCT = 57 F
LCTD
55
50 FCTA

45
40
6:05:46 6:08:38 6:11:31 6:14:24 6:17:17 6:20:10 6:23:02 6:25:55
Time

Figure 5.2: TCT diagram of various


completion brines

Temperature ( F)
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.3
Density (lbm/gal)

CaBr2 TCT NaCl TCT


CaCl2 CT NaBr TCT

52 Go To Table of Contents
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
Figure 5.3: Effect of pressure on TCT of a 40 F
(4.4 C) TCT CaCl2-CaBr2 brine

TCT ( F)
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
0 5,000 10,000 15,000
Pressure (psi)

Hydrate Suppression
Gas hydrates are a concern when working with
aqueous fluids in deepwater. They can occur
during critical phases of deepwater completion
(displacement, perforating, subsea BOP tests,
well tests, flow back, etc.), leading to significant
downtime if not suppressed in the fluid design.
Hydrate formation can be prevented by reduc-
ing the gas-water thermodynamic equilibrium
point. Dissolved salts, glycols and alcohols are
examples of substances that perform this func-
tion. However, in most circumstances fluid
properties such as density will limit the options
available. For example, below about 10.5 lb/gal
(1.26 SG), calcium chloride is unable to prevent
hydrate formation at a pressure of 10,000 psi
(689 bar) and 40 F (4.4 C). If a low-density
water-based formulation is required, oxy-
genated solvents such as ethylene glycol,
propylene glycol, methanol, etc. have shown

53 Go To Table of Contents
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
themselves to be effective inhibitors. Figure 5.4
gives an example of supplementing the hydrate
inhibition of CaCl2 brine through addition of
ethylene glycol.

Figure 5.4: Hydrate protection of low-density


brine with monoethylene glycol; thermo-
dynamic hydrate protection of CaCl2 at 40 F
(4.4 C).

Hydrate formation pressure (psi)


12,000
CaCl2 requires hydrate inhibitor (MEG) to control hydrates to 10,000 psi
11,000
10,000
9,000
8,000 5.3%
MEG
7,000 8.7%
MEG
6,000 30%
MEG
5,000 19%
MEG
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7
Density of CaCl2 (lb/gal)

Density Prediction
The ability to calculate the hydrostatic pressure
at any point in a wellbore containing a column
of completion fluid is necessary for its optimum
selection. Because hydrostatic pressure is cumu-
lative with depth and is directly related to den-
sity, which may be increasing with depth in
deepwater or decreasing with depth as the tem-
perature increases, it is necessary to mathemat-
ically predict the density of the completion fluid
under the combined influence of compression
and temperature. The M-I SWACO proprietary
computer program VIRTUAL COMPLETION FLUIDS*
(VCF*) provides the means to accurately obtain
this necessary information.

54 Go To Table of Contents
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
Bottomhole density is calculated with use
of detailed PVT data for the behavior of the fluid
in question. In the absence of such data, down-
hole density and total hydrostatic pressure at
depth can be closely approximated by using the
following calculations and thermal expansion
and compressibility factors provided in Tables 1
and 2.

Total Hydrostatic Pressure in the Wellbore

Psih = 0.052 * Davg * TVD (1)

Where,

Average Brine Density in a Wellbore


(2000 0.052 * C f * TVD) * Dsurf 10 * Ve * (BHT Ts)
Davg =
2000 0.104 * Cf * TVD
(2)

Ve = Temperature expansion factor,


lbm/gal/100 F (Table 1)

Cf = Pressure compressibility factor,


lbm/gal/1,000 psi (Table 2)

TVD = Total vertical depth (ft)

Dsurf = Density at surface, lbm/gal

BHT = Bottomhole temperature ( F)

Ts = Temperature at surface ( F)

55 Go To Table of Contents
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE

Table 1. Expansibility of Brines at 12,000 psi


from 76 to 198 F
Brine Density Ve
Type (lbm/gal) (lbm/gal/100 F)
NaCl 9.42 0.24
CaCl2 11.45 0.27
NaBr 12.48 0.33
CaBr2 14.13 0.33
ZnBr2/CaBr2/CaCl2 16.01 0.36
ZnBr2/CaBr2 19.27 0.48

Table 2. Compressibility of Brines at


198 F from 2,000 to 12,000 psi
Brine Density Cf
Type (lbm/gal) (lbm/gal/1,000 psi)
NaCl 9.49 0.019
CaCl2 11.45 0.017
NaBr 12.48 0.021
CaBr2 14.30 0.022
ZnBr2/CaBr2/CaCl2 16.01 0.022
ZnBr2/CaBr2 19.27 0.031

56 Go To Table of Contents
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 6
TESTING PROCEDURES

TESTING PROCEDURES
6.

Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES

Marsh Funnel Viscosity


Scope and Limitations
The Marsh funnel is used for routine field meas-
urement of viscosity. It provides a quick and
easy procedure for monitoring viscosity of neat
brines, viscosified brines, spacers and reservoir
drill-in fluids. Changes in Marsh funnel vis-
cosity can indicate that there may be polymer
degradation or contamination by solids or
chemicals. Further testing or fluid-component
information is usually required to determine
the cause of the viscosity change.
References
API RP 13B-1, 3rd Edition, December 2003
M-I Drilling Fluids Engineering Manual, v.1.0,
M-I L.L.C. (July 1998)
Safety
Wear safety glasses
Gloves are required when handling corrosive
or hazardous fluids
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Marsh funnel
1-qt receiving cup
Stopwatch
Thermometer
Calibration Procedure
1. Obtain 1,500 mL freshwater and check
temperature.
2. Adjust water temperature to 75 5 F
(24 2.5 C).
3. Inspect Marsh funnel to make certain it is
not dirty or damaged.

61 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES
4. Fill Marsh funnel to the bottom of the screen
with freshwater, covering orifice with finger
to prevent fluid from escaping.
5. Place filled Marsh funnel in upright position
over the 1-qt receiving cup.
6. Start stopwatch and remove finger from
funnel orifice at the same time.
7. Stop stopwatch when fluid level in receiving
cup reaches the 1-qt line.
8. One qt of water should take 26 0.5 sec.
If your results vary from this time, repeat
calibration process. Take special care to clean
funnel properly, and to remove finger from
funnel orifice and start stopwatch at the
same time.
Procedure
1. Obtain 1,500 mL sample and check
temperature. Record fluid temperature.
2. Pour freshly collected sample into clean and
dry Marsh funnel until the fluid level reaches
the bottom of the screen, covering funnel
orifice to prevent fluid from escaping.
3. Simultaneously remove finger from funnel
orifice and start stopwatch.
4. Report result to the nearest second as Marsh
funnel viscosity.

Fann 35 Viscosity: PV, YP, AV


Gel Strengths
Scope and Limitations
The Fann 35 viscometer is used for measure-
ment of viscosity, including PV, YP and 10-sec
and 10-min gel strengths. Additional useful
information can be obtained using the Fann 35
for characterizing fluids, but these are the

62 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES
primary values described in this procedure.
These values can assist in evaluating carrying
capacity and quality of viscosified brine fluids,
displacement spacers, fluid-loss pills and res-
ervoir drill-in fluids. One can also detect pos-
sible presence of polymer in clear brine fluids
that can impact filterability and formation
damage potential.
References
API RP 13B-1, 3rd Edition, December 2003
M-I Drilling Fluids Engineering Manual, v.1.0,
M-I L.L.C. (July 1998)
VG Meter Calibration, Job Instructions Manual,
Western Hemisphere ISO Home Page,
current version found at
midhouhq-www01.corp.smith-intl.com
Safety
Wear safety glasses
Do not test fluids above 180 F (82 C), hollow
bob can explode when trapped moisture
vaporizes. Use solid bob if higher temperature
testing is necessary.
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Fann 35A or equivalent viscometer with
R1/B1/F1 configuration (standard rotor,
bob and spring)
Stopwatch
Thermometer
Calibration fluids
Calibration
Calibration and repair of Fann 35 viscometers
should be performed by trained M-I SWACO
personnel or outside vendors who are familiar
with the proper procedures.

63 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES
Simple calibration checks can be performed
by using special calibration fluids with viscosity
versus temperature chart.
Calibration checks are quick and easy, and
should be performed regularly to ensure proper
equipment performance.
1. Select a viscosity standard near the viscosity
of fluids normally measured.
2. Check that the zero RPM reading of the instru-
ment is 0 0.5 dial readings.
3. Measure temperature and viscosity at
600 RPM and 300 RPM.
4. Compare Fann 35 reading at 300 RPM and
Fann 35 reading at 600 RPM divided by 2 to
the value shown for that temperature on the
calibration fluid chart.
5. These values should be 1.5 from the
chart value.
Procedure for Apparent Viscosity,
Plastic Viscosity and Yield Point
1. Mix sample to provide uniformity and
disrupt progressive gel structure.
2. Pour sample into thermocup, place on
Fann 35 sample platform and raise until
fluid level is at the Fann 35 rotor-scribe line
(above the two holes in the rotor).
3. Heat or cool sample to 120 F (49 C) while
running Fann 35 at 100 RPM. 100 RPM can be
achieved by starting the motor in low speed
(with switch down towards the back) and lift-
ing red gear-shifter knob all the way up. Only
change gears when the motor is running.
4. Once temperature has stabilized at 120 F
(49 C), change speed to 600 RPM by depress-
ing gear shifter knob all the way down with
motor still running, then switching the motor

64 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES
to high speed by pushing the switch down
and toward the front of the instrument.
5. Wait for a steady reading and record.
6. Change speed to 300 RPM by switching the
motor back to low speed. Wait for a steady
value and record the 300 RPM value.
7. Plastic Viscosity (cP) = 600 reading 300
reading
8. Yield Point (lb/100 ft2) = 300 reading PV
9. Apparent Viscosity (cP) = 600 reading
2
Procedure for Gel Strength
1. Maintaining the sample temperature at
120 F (49 C), stir sample at 600 RPM for
10 sec.
2. Quickly adjust gear knob while motor is run-
ning in preparation for taking 3 RPM reading.
3. Turn off viscometer and start stopwatch.
4. After 10 sec have elapsed, turn the Fann 35
on to 3 RPM and watch dial reading increase
then fall off.
5. Record maximum value achieved as 10-sec
gel strength (lb/100 ft2).
6. Restir sample at 600 RPM for 10 sec.
7. Quickly adjust gear knob while motor is run-
ning in preparation for taking 3 RPM reading.
8. Turn off viscometer and start stopwatch.
9. After 10 min have elapsed, turn the Fann 35
on to 3 RPM and watch dial reading increase
then fall off.
10. Record maximum value achieved as 10-min
gel strength (lb/100 ft2).

65 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES

Turbidity
Scope and Limitations
Turbidity is the measurement of light scatter
using an NTU meter. The value is reported in
Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU). This pro-
cedure does not determine size or quantity of
insoluble solids in brine.
References
API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003
Safety
Wear safety glasses
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Distilled or deionized water
NTU meter
Clean, dry sample cuvettes free from scratches
Procedure
1. Turn on NTU meter.
2. Insert standardizing cuvette into NTU meter
and calibrate, if necessary, by following
manufacturers instructions.
3. Fill sample cuvette with brine to the
appropriate level.
4. Clean outside of cuvette, then rinse with
distilled or deionized water.
5. Dry sample cuvette with lint-free cloth.
6. Insert sample cuvette into NTU meter.
7. Read NTU value after meter reading
has stabilized.

66 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES

Total Suspended Solids


Scope and Limitations
This procedure quantifies insoluble solids in
weight percent. Rinsing the filter with distilled
or deionized water after filtration is important
when testing brines because soluble-solids
content can contribute to erroneously high
results. Salt residue remaining on filter can
also contribute to long drying time because
the salt is hygroscopic. A representative sample
is important, so unrepresentative trash, sticks,
paper, etc. should be removed from sample
before testing.
References
API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003
Safety
Wear safety glasses and chemically
resistant gloves
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Distilled or deionized water
Oven, set to 220 F 2 F (104 C 1 C)
Filters, 4.8 cm diameter, no organic binder
Membrane filter holder
100 mL graduated cylinder
Balance, accurate to 5 places
Dessicator with appropriate dessicant
20 mL wide tip pipette
Aluminum weighing pans
Procedure
1. This test should be run in triplicate.
2. Set up vacuum-filtration device and paper.
Place filter paper with rough side face-up.
3. Filter 3 aliquots of 20 mL distilled or
deionized water.

67 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES
4. Continue vacuum until all water is filtered.
5. Remove filter, dry 1 hr at 220 F (104 C),
cool and store in dessicator until needed.
6. Weigh prepared filter paper before filtering
brine sample.
7. Wet paper with distilled or deionized water
to provide better seal.
8. Obtain a representative brine sample, shake
brine sample for one minute to provide
uniformity of insoluble solids.
9. Filter 100 mL brine.
10. Rinse graduated cylinder with distilled or
deoinized water to collect any remaining
insoluble solids, and pour this rinse water
through filter to remove any soluble mate-
rial remaining on filter. Repeat this process
3 times. Allow complete drainage of fluid
before each rinse.
11. Apply vacuum until all liquid is removed
from filter.
12. Remove filter paper from filtration device
and dry 1 hr at 220 F (104 C) in preweighed
aluminum pan.
13. Weigh filter after cooling in dessicator
(~20 min).
14. Subtract final dried weight of filter and
residue from prepared filter paper weight
plus aluminum pan weight.
15. Final weight must be at least 1 mg more
than initial weight or sample volume must
be increased and the test rerun.
16. Calculate:
TSS = Final weight (mg) Initial weight (mg)
Sample volume (mL)

68 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES

Solids by Centrifuge
Scope and Limitations
This procedure quantifies solids by
volume percent.
Safety
Wear safety glasses
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Bench centrifuge
50 mL centrifuge tubes
Procedure
1. Shake representative sample for 1 min to
provide uniformity of suspended solids.
2. Fill two centrifuge tubes up to the 50 mL
mark with the sample fluid. Spin samples at
1,500 to 2,500 RPM for 10 min.
3. After centrifuge has fully stopped spinning,
open lid and remove tubes.
4. Solids, if present, should form a distinct layer
at bottom.
5. Read this level on both tubes and add them
together.
6. The volume percent of solids is equal to the
total solids from Step 5 divided by 100.

69 Go To Table of Contents
TESTING PROCEDURES

Iron in Zinc and Non-zinc Brine:


Colorimetric Procedure
Scope and Limitations
Formation damage, cross-linking of polymers,
and stabilization of brine/crude-oil emulsions
are some of the negative impacts of iron in
brine. Iron content can be measured with a test
kit utilizing vacu-ampule and color compara-
tors. The test procedure is applicable to all brine
types including zinc bromide containing brines.
This test measures total iron and does not dis-
tinguish between species of iron. Iron concentra-
tions up to 600 mg/L can be measured with good
reproducibility as determined by API Round
Robin testing. It is important to realize that the
mg/L reading must be divided by specific gravity
to get a ppm value. This colorimetric procedure
requires subjective color observations to match
test vial colors to standards. An alternate kit is
available from CHEMets that utilizes a single
analyte LED-based photometer.
References
CHEMets test procedure
API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003
Carpenter, J.F., et al. A New Field Method for
Determining the Levels of Iron Contamination
in Oilfield Completion Brine, SPE 86551, SPE
Formation Damage Control Symposium,
Lafayette, Feb 1820, 2004
Safety
Read MSDS before conducting test
Wear safety glasses
Dispose of vacu-ampule as sharps/broken
glass waste

610 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Complete Test Kit (CHEMets catalog number
K-6002) contains:
Refill, 30 CHEMets ampules (R-6002)
Acidifier solution, six 70 mL bottles (A-6001)
Activator solution, six 20 mL bottles (A-6002)
Sample cup, 50 mL, package of six (A-0027)
Syringe, 1 mL, package of six (A-0027)
Comparator, 0100 mg/L (C-6002)
Comparator, 1001,000 (C-6012)
Procedure
1. Mix sample to ensure sample uniformity,
but do not include non-suspended solids.
2. Use 1 mL syringe to add 0.5 mL of sample to
the 50 mL sample cup. Remove any bubbles
from syringe by tapping syringe with tip
pointing upward.
3. Using a different 1 mL syringe, add 1 mL of
acidifier solution to sample cup.
4. Add 5 drops activator solution. (Use 10 drops
if the sample has 2% + organic content, i.e.
EGMBE.)
5. Swirl cup and wait 2 min.
6. Fill sample cup to 50 mL with iron-free water
(distilled or deionized preferred).
7. Screw cap onto sample cup and shake to
mix contents.
8. Remove cap, and place ampule in sample
cup. Snap tip by pressing ampule against the
side of the cup. The ampule will fill, but will
contain a small bubble of air to aid in mixing.
9. Invert ampule several times, allowing bubble
to travel from one end of the ampule to the
other each time, in order to mix contents.

611 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
10. Using the appropriate comparator, deter-
mine iron content by matching color to that
of one of the standards. A bright-white light
or sunlight is preferable to fluorescent light-
ing for an accurate reading. If the color is
between two color standards, make a con-
centration estimate.
a. To use low range comparator, place the
ampule flat end downward, into the center
opening in the comparator. Rotate com-
parator until the closest match is
observed.
b. To use high-range comparator, place
ampule comparator in a nearly horizontal
position. Place ampule between color
standards, moving it along the compara-
tor until the closest match is observed.
11. Divide mg/L reading by specific gravity to
obtain ppm iron in sample.

pH of Brine
Scope and Limitations
The pH of neat brine is measured using a
combination glass electrode containing a
double-junction reference electrode and the
corresponding meter. This type of electrode is
recommended in API RP 13J, and is less sensi-
tive to high salinity and solids content than
most other pH probes. Measurement of pH on
neat (undiluted) brine is more reproducible
than 1:9 Brine:Water dilutions, and is the API
recommended procedure. Although ISFET
probes are perceived as being sturdier, the use
of ISFET probes may result in lower pH readings.
pH is generally defined as the negative log of
H+ activity; however, this definition does not

612 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
translate well to heavy brines. For practical pur-
poses, pH is the value measured by a pH meter
and is valuable as a relative value for tracking
changes and monitoring brine quality.
References
API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003
Prasek, B.B., et al. A New Industry Standard for
Determining the pH in Oilfield Completion
Brines, SPE 86502, SPE Formation Damage
Control Symposium, Lafayette, Feb 18 20, 2004
Safety
Wear safety glasses
Equipment and Chemicals Required
pH meter with digital output, preferably
waterproof, shock-resistant and portable with
0 to 14 pH range, temperature compensation
operable through temperature range 32 to
150 F (0 to 66 C) and 0.1 pH unit resolu-
tion, accuracy and repeatability
Double-junction combination pH probe
Commercially available pH standards, prefer-
ably color-coded for easy identification
Thermometer with 32 to 220 F (0 to 104 C),
2 F ( 1 C) divisions, or better precision
Beaker or sample container
Distilled or deionized rinse water
Blotting tissue
Electrode storage beaker or container

613 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
pH meters and electrodes conforming to API RP
13J requirements are readily available through
several laboratory equipment and scientific
supply outlets.
Calibration Procedure and
Care of Electrode
pH meter calibration should be checked
prior to first use and at least every 8 hrs of
continuous use.
1. Before calibration, rinse electrode with dis-
tilled or deionized water, and inspect elec-
trode for breakage and formation of
precipitation or polymer coating. Clean or
replace electrode if it does not pass inspection.
2. Follow probe manufacturers calibration pro-
cedure using the pH 7.0 standard buffer and
either the pH 4.0 or pH 10.0 standard,
depending on anticipated sample pH. Buffer
temperature should be at 75 5 F (24
2.5 C) before calibrating. (The pH value on
the container is valid for 75 F (24 C), and
a table of buffer values versus temperature
is required if calibration is conducted at a
different temperature).
3. After calibration recheck pH 7.0 buffer, and if
the meter does not read 7.0 0.1 recalibrate
pH meter and check again.

614 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
Test Procedure
1. Mix sample to ensure sample uniformity.
2. Place sample in beaker or other appropriate
clean container.
3. Immerse thermometer to level recommended
by manufacturer. Read and record sample
temperature.
4. Sample temperature should be 75 5 F (24
2.5 C), and the same temperature as buffers
used in calibration. If sample temperature
is more than 20 F (7 C) from calibration
temperature, temperature compensation is
required. pH values are sensitive to temper-
ature differences in highly acidic or highly
basic solutions.
5. Place electrode into sample and stir gently,
allowing pH reading to stabilize. This usually
takes less than 2 min. pH probe should not be
left in brine for over 5 min.
6. Read and record pH reading to the nearest
0.1 pH unit.
7. Rinse pH probe using distilled or deionized
water.
8. Return probe to storage container.
Important Considerations for pH Meter
Calibration and pH Measurement
Calibration should be checked more frequently
than every 8 hr if probe is getting older or if
testing samples with high polymer or clay
content, low pH (< 2), high pH (> 10), oil
or zinc-containing brines
Fresh pH buffers should be used every day
pH probes can often be brought back to good
performance by reconditioning including

615 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
soaking 10 min in 0.1 M HCl, 10 min in 0.1M
NaOH, then recalibrating meter
Do not allow probe to go dry. Store in pH 4
buffer solution or as recommended by probe
manufacturer.
It is good practice to keep a backup electrode
on hand, and to replace electrodes at least
every 6 months (or as recommended by
manufacturer)
If pH measurement is erratic (especially if it
stabilizes when stirring is discontinued), if pH
stabilization is slow with non-zinc brine, or if
re-calibration is required on increasingly fre-
quent basis imminent probe failure is likely.
Attempt reconditioning probe, and obtain a
replacement probe before failure occurs.

Crystallization Point Determination


Scope and Limitations
The crystallization temperature of brine is
the temperature at which the brine will
form solids, either salt crystals or ice (given
enough time and nucleating conditions). True
Crystallization Temperature (TCT) is the value
reported. Precipitation of salt crystals can cause
equipment plugging, viscosity increase and loss
of density.
References
API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003
Safety
Wear safety glasses

616 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Ice bath (with salt)
Digital thermometer with Thermistor probe
Concentric test tubes (two needed, one small
enough to fit inside the other)
DE (or other seed material)
Test Procedure
1. Prepare an ice bath with the appropriate tem-
perature. Use the following guidelines when
preparing the ice bath:
When the TCT is expected to be 40 F (4 C)
or higher, prepare a 32 F (0 C) bath by
mixing an equal volume of ice and water
When the TCT is expected to be 40 F (4 C)
or lower, prepare a 5 F (15 C) bath using
an equal volume of ice and water with the
water containing 25% by weight of sodium
chloride
When the TCT is expected to be 20 F (7 C)
or lower, prepare a 40 F (40 C) bath by
mixing ice with an equal volume of pow-
dered calcium chloride. Caution: This bath
can cause freezer burns.
2. Place the fluid into the smaller test tube and
insert the smaller test tube into the larger
test tube.
3. Put a pinch of DE into the fluid and carefully
stir with the thermometer. The test liquid
level must be at the thermometer immersion
level.
4. Immerse the test tubes into the ice bath
and carefully stir with the thermometer.
The cooling rate should be no greater than
1 F (0.5 C) per minute.

617 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
5. The temperature will decrease to a certain
point, then increase and begin to level off to a
constant temperature. Observe the fluid and
thermometer during these changes.
When crystals begin to form, the correspon-
ding temperature is called the First Crystal
to Appear (FCTA)
From this point, the temperature will
almost immediately rise and begin to
stabilize at a constant temperature. This
corresponding temperature is the True
Crystallization Temperature (TCT). This is
the value reported as the crystallization
temperature.
6. Begin warming the test tube at a rate of 1 F
(0.5 C) per minute by reciprocating in and
out of the ice bath. The temperature at which
the last crystal dissolves is the Last Crystal to
Dissolve (LCTD).
7. API 13J requires that Crystallization Point
determination be performed in triplicate to
ensure accuracy. An FCTA and TCT within
5 F (2.5 C) of each other is usually indicative
of accurate results.

Note: The inner test tube can be placed directly


into the ice bath until the solution temperature
is within 5 F (2.5 C) of the expected TCT. Then
place the sample test tube into the larger test
tube. Wipe moisture off inner test tube first.

618 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
Figure 6.1

Cooling cycle Heating cycle

LCTD
Ambient temperature

TCT

FCTA

Time

FCTA = First crystal to appear


TCT = True crystallization point
LCTD = Last crystal to dissolve

Calcium and Magnesium in


Monovalent Brine and Formation Water
Scope and Limitations
Total hardness (calcium and magnesium
together) is determined by following proce-
dure A. By following both procedure A and
procedure B, separate calcium content and
magnesium content values are obtained.
References
API RP 13B-1, 3rd Edition, December 2003
M-I Drilling Fluids Engineering Manual, v.1.0,
M-I L.L.C. (July 1998)
Safety
Read MSDS before conducting test
Wear safety glasses

619 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
Equipment and Chemicals Required
EDTA (Standard Versenate) solution 0.01M
Strong buffer solution (ammonium hydroxide/
ammonium chloride)
Calmagite Indicator solution
Titration dish, 100 to 150 mL, preferably white
Three graduated pipettes:
One 1 mL pipette
One 5 mL pipette
One 10 mL pipette
50 mL graduated cylinder
Distilled or deionized water
Glass stirring rod
8N NaOH or KOH solution
Calcon Indicator or Calver II
Procelain spoon/spatula
Masking Agent: 1:1:2
triethanolamine:tetraethylenepentamine:
water (by volume)
Procedure A (total hardness as Ca2+)
1. Add approximately 20 mL of distilled water
to titration vessel.
2. Add 1 mL of the water or filtrate to be tested.
3. Add 1 mL of strong buffer solution.
4. Add about 6 drops of Calmagite and mix with
stirring rod. A wine red color will develop if
calcium and/or magnesium is present.
5. Using a pipette, titrate with Standard
Versenate Solution, stirring continuously,
until the sample first turns to blue with no
undertint of red remaining.

620 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
6. Record the number of mL of Standard
Versenate solution used as A.
7. Calculate total hardness as
Ca2+ (mg/L) =
A x 400
mL of sample
CaCO3 (mg/L) =
A x 1,000
mL of sample
Procedure B (calcium and magnesium
separately)
1. Add approximately 20 mL of distilled water to
the titration vessel.
2. Add the same amount of water or filtrate to
be tested as used in procedure A.
3. Add 1 mL masking agent.
4. Add 1 mL of 8N NaOH or KOH and porcelain
spoonful (0.2 g) of Calcon Indicator and mix
with stirring rod.
5. Titrate with Standard Versenate solution until
the indicator turns from wine red to blue
with no undertint of red remaining.
6. Record the number of mL of Standard
Versenate required as B.
7. Calculate calcium (mg/L) = B x 400
mL sample
8. Calculate magnesium (mg/L) = (A B) x 243
mL sample

621 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES

Brine Density
Scope and Limitations
This procedure applies to measuring density of
a brine at surface and correcting the density to
70 F (21 C).
References
API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003
Safety
Wear safety glasses
Equipment and Chemicals Required
Hydrometer calibrated at 60 F (16 C)
Hydrometer Cylinder
Thermometer

Note: If you do not know the approximate den-


sity of the fluid to be checked, start with a low-
range hydrometer and work your way up to the
correct range. This technique will prevent the
breaking of the heavier hydrometers as they fall
through the lighter density fluids.
Procedure
1. Pour a sample of the fluid to be weighed into
the hydrometer cylinder to within 1 in.
(25.4 mm) from the top.
2. Gently place the hydrometer into the cylinder
and spin it as you release it into the fluid.
3. Allow the hydrometer to stabilize and read
the specific gravity from the spindle. Take
your reading from the bottom of the meniscus.
4. Record the temperature of the sample using a
Fahrenheit thermometer.

622 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
Calculation
1. Convert the hydrometer reading (specific
gravity) to lb/gal by multiplying the specific
gravity x 8.334. This factor relates to the den-
sity of water at 60 F (16 C), the temperature
at which the hydrometer is calibrated.
2. Calculate the density correction to 70 F
(21 C) using the following equation:

Dc = Dm+ [ CF(Tm 70) ]

Where:

Dc = Corrected Density

Dm = Measured Density in lb/gal

CF = Hydrometer Correction Factor


(see table on page 624)

Tm = Temperature of Sample
Example
Hydrometer reading of 1.742 SG at 100 F (38 C)

8.334 x 1.74 = 14.5 lb/gal at 100 F (38 C)

Dc = 14.5 + 0.00363 (100 70)

Dc = 14.5 + 0.00363 (30)

Dc = 14.5 + 0.1089

Dc = 14.6 lb/gal at 70 F (21 C)

623 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES

Hydrometer Correction Factors1


Correction Factor Density
(lb/gal per F) (lb/gal @ 70 F)
0.00284 8.5
0.00291 9.0
0.00297 9.5
0.00302 10.0
0.00307 10.5
0.00313 11.0
0.00318 11.5
0.00324 12.0
0.00330 12.5
0.00337 13.0
0.00344 13.5
0.00353 14.0
0.00363 14.5
0.00374 15.0
0.00386 15.5
0.00400 16.0
0.00416 16.5
0.00434 17.0
0.00454 17.5
0.00476 18.0
0.00501 18.5
0.00528 19.0
1API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003

624 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
It is important to read and use all of the num-
bers on the scale of the hydrometer when
making density calculations. Omitting a num-
ber can make a significant difference. The scale
is read as follows:

1800 Each mark has a value


of .002. The first mark
below 1.800 is read
as 1.802. The fifth
mark is 1.810, the
seventh mark is
1.814, etc. To calcu-
20 late the density,
multiply the reading
1.826 on the hydrometer
times 8.334.

40

1.850

60

80
1.882

1900

Etc.

625 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES

M-I SWACO Completion Fluids


Hydrometer Ranges
Hydrometer Specific Density
Range Gravity (lb/gal)
1.0001.200 1.01.2 8.33 9.99
1.2001.400 1.21.4 9.9911.66
1.4001.600 1.41.6 11.6613.33
1.6001.800 1.61.8 13.3314.99
1.8002.000 1.82.0 14.9916.66
2.0002.200 2.02.2 16.6618.33
2.2002.400 2.22.4 18.3319.99

Note: These are approximate hydrometer


ranges. Depending on the manufacturer, the
scale may overlap into the next higher range,
i.e., 1.200 to 1.420 or 1.400 to 1.620. The scale
on the hydrometer may not have a decimal
point, so a reading of 1200 indicates an SG of 1.2.

626 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES

Submitting Samples to
Technical Center Laboratories
Scope and Limitations
This procedure applies to submitting samples
for testing at the Technical Center in Houston,
Texas.
References
Sample Submission Form, current version
found at
midhouhq-www01.corp.smith-intl.com (R&E)
CFR 49, Section 172, accessible at
www.pgoaccess.gov\ecfr
QHSE Manual, current version found at
midhouhq-www01.corp.smith-intl.com (QHSE)
Safety
Include MSDS with sample. Label and package
according to DOT.
Procedure for submitting and
packaging a sample
First you must obtain a copy of the sample sub-
mission from the Web site, or use a copy of the
attached form. You can either send in a hard
copy or send it in electronically. This form helps
the various departments follow the progress of
your sample.
Then package your sample, include an
MSDS, and send it to the following address:
M-I SWACO, 5950 North Course Dr., Houston,
Texas, 77072. Remember to send it to the atten-
tion of the Completion Fluids Laboratory. Please
include a note with a brief description of the
sample, where its from, what testing is required,
and a contact name and phone number.

627 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES
Package and label sample according to com-
pany, shipper and DOT requirements. Section 14
of the M-I SWACO MSDS includes the DOT clas-
sification. The packaging of samples is for the
most part common sense. Do not package oil
samples in plastic containers. Oil-base products
will dissolve plastic, this includes bottles and
bags. Never label oil samples with grease pens.
Package the sample with some thought and it
will arrive in one piece with the labels readable.
Environmental samples require special
handling, depending on the test that is required.

628 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES

Name of submitter:

M-I SWACO entity or Non-M-I SWACO


company:

Location:

Phone number and E-mail:

Date submitted:

Report date requested:

Report to:

Lab master number:

Sample identification: (Provide as full and


comprehensive information as is available)

Objective description of problem:

What question(s) do you wish to have


answered about the sample submitted?
(Please be clear and objective)

629 Go To Table of Contents


TESTING PROCEDURES

Type of report required:

Data only: (Define data requested)

Data and discussion: (Define data required


and specific issues/questions to address)

Justification for report deadline requested:

What will you do with the report? (Will it be


provided to end-use customer? Is it for
internal use?, etc.)

Special handling information:

Is sample toxic?
 Yes  No

Please note that every field, with the


exceptions of the Lab Master Number and
contract acceptance must be completed
when received for the request to be accepted
in a timely manner.
Sample fate:
1. Return (will be made to location address
above unless advised otherwise):
2. Dispose of:
3. Retain for additional testing:

630 Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
RDF TESTING PROCEDURES

Go To Table of Contents
RDF TESTING PROCEDURES

Methylene Blue Capacity


Description
The methylene blue capacity of drilling fluid is
an indication of the amount of reactive clays
(bentonite and/or drill solids) present as deter-
mined by the Methylene Blue Test (MBT). The
methylene blue capacity provides an estimate
of the total Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)
of the drilling-fluid solids. Methylene blue
capacity and cation exchange capacity are not
necessarily equivalent, the former normally
being somewhat less than the actual cation
exchange capacity.
Methylene blue solution is added to a sam-
ple of drilling fluid (which has been treated
with hydrogen peroxide and acidified) until
saturation is noted by formation of a dye halo
around a drop of solids suspension placed on
filter paper. Variations of the procedure used
on the drilling fluid can be performed on drill
solids and commercial bentonite to allow an
estimate of the amount of each type of solid
present in the fluid.
Drilling fluids frequently contain substances
in addition to reactive clays that adsorb methyl-
ene blue. Pretreatment with hydrogen peroxide
(see Procedure, Item b) is intended to remove
the effect of organic materials such as lignosul-
fonates, lignites, cellulosic polymers, polyacry-
lates, and the like.
Equipment
The following equipment is needed to perform
the methylene blue test:

632 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
a. Methylene blue solution: 3.2 grams reagent
grade methylene blue (C16H18N3SCl)/L
(1 cm3 = 0.01 milliequivalent) (CAS #61-73-4).

Note: The moisture content of reagent grade


methylene blue must be determined each time
the solution is prepared. Dry a 1.000-gram por-
tion of methylene blue to a constant weight at
200 5 F (93 3 C). Make the appropriate cor-
rection in the weight of methylene blue to be
taken to prepare the solution as follows:

Weight of sample 3.2


g=
to be taken weight of dried sample
b. Hydrogen peroxide: 3% solution
(CAS #7722-88-5)
c. Dilute sulfuric acid: approximately 5 newtons
d. Syringe (TD): 2.5 cm3 or 3 cm3
e. Erlenmeyer flask: 250 cm3
f. Burette (TD): 10 cm3, micropipette: 0.5 cm3, or
graduated micropipette: 1 cm3
g. Graduated cylinder (TD): 50 cm3
h. Stirring rod
i. Hot plate
j. Whatman No. 1 filter paper, or equivalent
Procedure
Follow this procedure to perform the MBT:
a. Add 2 cm3 of drilling fluid (or suitable volume
of drilling fluid to require from 2 to 10 cm3 of
methylene blue solution) to 10 cm3 of water
in the Erlenmeyer flask. To assure that
exactly 2 cm3 are being added, use the
following procedure:

633 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
1. The syringe should have a capacity of more
than 2 cm3 generally 2 or 3 cm3. By
using a larger syringe, it is not necessary
to remove the air trapped in the syringe.
2. The air or gas entrained in the drilling
fluid must be removed. Stir the drilling
fluid to break the gel and quickly draw the
drilling fluid into the syringe. Then, slowly
discharge the syringe back into the drilling
fluid, keeping the tip submerged.
3. Again, draw the drilling fluid into the
syringe until the end of the plunger is
at the last graduation on the syringe
(for example, at the 3-cm3 line on a
3-cm3 syringe).
4. Deliver 2 cm3 of drilling fluid by pushing
the plunger until the end of the plunger is
exactly 2 cm3 from the last graduation on
the syringe. Thus, in a 3-cm3 syringe, it
would be at the 1-cm3 line.
b. Add 15 cm3 of 3% hydrogen peroxide and
0.5 cm3 of sulfuric acid. Boil gently for
10 min, but do not allow to boil to dryness.
Dilute to about 50 cm3 with water.
c. Add methylene blue to the flask in incre-
ments of 0.5 cm3. If the approximate amount
of methylene blue solution necessary to
reach the endpoint is known from previous
testing, larger increments (1 to 2 cm3) can be
used at the beginning of the titration. After
each addition of methylene blue solution,
swirl the contents of the flask for about 30
sec. While the solids are still suspended,
remove one drop of liquid with the stirring
rod and place the drop on the filter paper.
The initial endpoint of the titration is

634 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
reached when dye appears as a blue or
turquoise ring surrounding the dyed solids.
d. When the blue tint spreading from the spot
is detected, shake the flask an additional
2 min and place another drop on the filter
paper. If the blue ring is again evident, the
final endpoint has been reached. If the blue
ring does not appear, continue as before (see
Item C) until a drop taken after 2 min shows
the blue tint.
Calculation
Report the Methylene Blue Capacity (MBT) of
the drilling fluid, calculated as follows:

Methylene blue Methylene blue, cm3


=
capacity, cm3/cm3 Drilling fluid, cm3
Alternately, the MBT can be reported as
pounds per barrel bentonite equivalent (based
on bentonite with a cation exchange capacity of
70 meq/100 grams) calculated as follows:

1. Bentonite 5 (methylene blue, cm3)


=
equivalent, lb/bbl Drilling fluid, cm3

2. Bentonite 2.85 (bentonite


=
equivalent, kg/m3g, equivalent, lb/bbl)
Note: The pounds per barrel bentonite equiva-
lent (from Equations 1 or 2) is not equal to the
amount of commercial bentonite in the drilling
fluid. Reactive clays in the drill solids contribute
to this quantity as well as commercial bentonite.

635 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES

M-I SWACO Recommended


Procedures for Measuring
Low-Shear-Rate Viscosity (LSRV)
for FLOPRO Fluids
The following standardized procedures are rec-
ommended when measuring LSRV of a FLOPRO*
fluid. These procedures are designed to negate
artifacts produced from variances in test proce-
dure. Every effort should be made to use these
procedures in order to make valid comparisons
between wells.
Equipment
Testing will be made using the Brookfield^
LVDV-II+ or LVDV-III digital viscometer with
guard leg and cylindrical spindles (#1-4). The
LVDV-II+ is the most widely used viscometer.
The LVDV-III model has a wider speed selection
and also has a programmable feature neither
of which is necessary for FLOPRO applications.
The spindle viscosity ranges at .3 RPM using
the LVDV-II+ or LVDV-III are: #1 to 20,000 cP,
#2 to 100,000 cP, #3 to 400,000 cP and #4 to
2,000,000 cP.
When ordering a Brookfield viscometer spec-
ify LVDV-II+ or LVDV-III with cylindrical spin-
dles. The LV prefix designates the proper spring
torque for the viscosity ranges M-I SWACO
desires. A set of four appropriately sized cylin-
drical spindles will be sent. Also input voltage
and frequency should be indicated when order-
ing. The units are available in 115, 220 or 230
volts AC and 50 or 60 Hertz frequency.
Other necessary equipment includes the
large OFI thermo cup (3-in. [82.6-mm] dia by
^Mark of Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc.

636 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
4-in. [101.6-mm] deep) and a mixing device to
help heat the fluid sample evenly.
Location
Locate the Brookfield where a stable power sup-
ply is available. It should also be located where
vibrations from the rig are minimal. Rig vibra-
tions may contribute to inaccurately low LSRV
measurements. Dust may damage the electron-
ics or the bearings so a dust-free atmosphere
should be located.
Setup
Remove the viscometer from the case. Install
gear assembly on stand with rack and insert
Brookfield viscometer post in assembly and
tighten clamp screw. Level viscometer by rotat-
ing it slightly on the stand and/or by adjusting
feet. Use the bubble level on the top as a guide.
Plug temperature probe into receptacle on
the back of the viscometer. Make sure power
switch on the rear of the viscometer is OFF. Plug
power cord into receptacle on the back of the
viscometer and plug into appropriate AC socket.
The AC input voltage and frequency must be
within the appropriate range as shown on the
name plate of the viscometer.
Note: The DV-II+ must be earth grounded to
ensure against electronic failure!
This is a delicate electronic instrument. Care
should be taken to avoid power surges and fre-
quency variations. Disconnect the viscometer
when not in use.
Pour the FLOPRO fluid to be tested to within a
half inch of the top of the Thermo cup and heat
to desired temperature. The fluid sample should
be tested at the same temperature as the other

637 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
rheological properties. The sample should be
stirred while heating to equalize the tempera-
ture throughout the sample. A Hamilton Beach
type mixer may be used. Stir at a slow rate to
avoid overshearing the fluid which may result
in polymer degradation. Avoid entrapping air
while stirring. Entrapped air will result in erro-
neous readings.
Initializing
While heating the sample, remove the rubber
band holding the viscometer shaft in place. The
viscometer uses a gem bearing and calibrated
spring. Avoid impact and twisting of the shaft.
Always replace the rubber band when not using
the viscometer.
Turn on the viscometer. The digital screen
will display the operations as the viscometer
autozeroes itself. The following screen descrip-
tions are for the LVDV-II+ viscometer, the most
widely used model.
When the power is on the screen will flash
Brookfield DV-II+ LV Viscometer, then Version
3.0. The screen then automatically changes to
Remove spindle. Press any key. Press any of
the yellow keys and the display changes to
Autozeroing Viscometer. After autozeroing the
screen will display Replace spindle. Press any
key. Select the appropriate cylindrical spindle
for the desired viscosity. Most applications will
use the number 2 spindle. Note the spindles are
marked on the neck.
Attach the spindle by threading it onto the
shaft. Note these are left-handed threads. Hold
the shaft in one hand to prevent damage to the
spring and bearing while tightening the spin-
dle. After tightening the spindle, press one of

638 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
the yellow buttons on the key pad. The default
display will appear on the screen.
Viscometer Display
The screen will look something like this:

% 0.0 S62
0.0 RPM 70.5 F

Values may vary according to what was last


used.
The upper left corner displays viscometer
readings these may be in the following units:
% Viscometer Torque (%)
cP Viscosity (cP or mPa)
SS Shear Stress (always 0 due to spindle
configuration)
SR Shear Rate (always 0 due to spindle con-
figuration)
The default units for the LVDV-II+ is %. The
value in the upper left corner should be <+1.0 %
when not in use. A value greater may indicate
damage to the bearing or spring.
M-I SWACO is using viscosity in cP (centipoise)
as the standard reading. To select the appropri-
ate units, press Select Display key until the cP
value appears. The SI unit mPas is equivalent to
cP (40,000 cP = 40,000 mPas).
The upper right hand value is the spindle
code. The code allows the viscometer to cor-
rectly calculate viscosity for a given spindle
geometry. The code for the #2 spindle is S62
and for the #3 spindle it is S63. If the correct
code is not on the screen, press Select Spindle
key. The S will blink. Use the orange up and
down arrow keys to search for the correct spin-
dle code. When the correct code is found, press

639 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
the Select Spindle key and this code will
become the default code.
This viscometer can test viscosity at .3, .5, .6,
1.0, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 6, 10, 12, 20, 30, 50, 60 and 100
RPM. To set the speed, press the orange arrow
keys until the desired speed appears to the right
of RPM. M-I SWACO is doing all testing at .3 RPM.
When the proper value appears press the set
speed key. Note: The viscometer is now run-
ning, press the Motor ON/OFF key to stop
the viscometer, but hold the desired speed
in memory.
The value in the lower right is temperature
as noted by the temperature probe.
The viscometer is now ready for running
a test.
Note: In order to have SI units displayed,
hold the Auto Range key while turning on the
viscometer. To get temperature in C hold the
Select Display key while turning on the power.
Testing
After setting up the viscometer and heating the
sample to test temperature a test can be per-
formed. Centralize the Thermo cup beneath the
viscometer. Boundary effects caused by eccen-
tric placement may alter LSRV readings. Make
sure the guard leg is in place to avoid damage
to the spindle, bearings and spring. Lower the
viscometer until the recess in the spindle shaft
is at the top of the fluid. While lowering the vis-
cometer hold up under the front to prevent
excessive vibration.
Set a timer for three minutes and turn on
the viscometer motor with the Motor ON/OFF
button. Take viscosity readings at 1 min, 2 min
and 3 min while the viscometer is running.

640 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
These values should be labeled LSRV1, LSRV2
and LSRV3, respectively. Part of the first minute
will involve torquing the spring. Generally the
fluid will reach its maximum viscosity within
the 3-min time. The 3-min reading may actually
be less than the 2-min reading. If the 3-min
reading is less than the 2-min reading the
spindle is probably slipping as it drills a hole
in the fluid.
After the test, turn off the viscometer and
raise the spindle above the fluid.
Cleanup
Turn off the viscometer. Remove the spindle,
then the guard leg. Wash them thoroughly.
Replace the guard leg and reinstall the rubber
band on the shaft. Keep the viscometer away
from water and dust and unplug it when not in
use to avoid power surges.
Calibration
Calibration fluids are available from Brookfield
and their agents. The viscometer should be cali-
brated regularly. The procedures are outlined in
the Brookfield Digital Viscometer Operating
Instructions Manual, which is included with
the viscometer. This manual also contains more
detailed information not discussed here.
Summary
The M-I SWACO standard LSRV test for FLOPRO
fluids is outlined in the following steps.
1. Use Brookfield LVDV-II+ viscometer at .3 RPM.
2. Use spindle 2 for LSRV <100,000 cP, spindle 3
for LSRV >100,000 cP.
3. Test sample at same temperature as other
flow properties.

641 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
4. Use OFI 3-in. (82.6-mm) diameter thermo
cup.
5. Run test with guard leg in place.
6. Take LSRV readings at 1-min intervals over
3 min. Run viscometer throughout 3-min
time period.
DIAL READING * FACTOR = Brookfield viscosity
in cP (mPa).

642 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES

Field Test Procedure for


Drill Solids Determination
Required equipment and material
Top loading balance
Hot plate with magnetic stirrer
API filter press and accessories
250-mL beaker
Required chemicals
15% Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) use with
caution
Defoamer
1. Weigh equivalent of 35 mL of mud into
250-mL beaker.
2. Add several drops of defoamer.
3. Add stirring bar to beaker and place on stirrer
at slow speed.
4. Slowly add 50 mL of 15% HCl, dont let sample
foam over. This might take a few minutes.
5. After all HCl has been added, place on hot
plate and bring to boil (this will break down
the polymer so the sample will filter). (For
fluids using NaCl as the bridging material,
add 50 mL of water to dissolve the bridging
material.)
6. Weigh API Whatman 50 filter paper.
7. Cool sample and add to API filter cell.
Filter sample.
8. Take out filter paper with solids and put
in oven until dry.
9. Weigh and record weight of filter paper
with solids.

643 Go To Table of Contents


RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
10. Subtract original weight of filter paper (step
#6) from final weight of filter paper with
solids (step #9). This is reported as drill
solids.
Calculations
For 35 mL of mud (1/10 bbl equivalent):
Weight of solid residue x 10 = lb/bbl of
drill solids (Note: 9.1 lb/bbl of drill solids =
1% by volume of drill solids)

644 Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 7
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY

DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
7.

Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY

Drilling Mud to Brine Displacements


For a mud-to-brine displacement to be suc-
cessful, certain basic criteria must be met.
The casing in the hole should be cleaned of
mud. The completion fluid in the hole should
cleanup quickly with common filtration prac-
tices. The emulsified, dirty (requiring disposal)
or trash fluid coming out of the hole should
be minimized.
A guide for the cleanliness of the casing is to
determine the degree of mud removal from the
drill pipe when it is pulled from the hole follow-
ing the displacement. Completion fluid clarity
can be judged by a Nephelometric Turbidity
Unit (NTU), a relative light-scattering method,
or Total Suspended Solids (TSS), which is quan-
titative. How quickly the desired NTU or TSS
levels are achieved, if at all, after displacement
is one measure of displacement success. The
volume of fluid lost to emulsified interface or
solids contamination can be gauged to measure
relative success based on pre-job determinations.
The indicators of criteria for success are vari-
able, depending upon the goals of the comple-
tion and the conditions of the wellbore. In one
set of conditions, a displacement may succeed
if the NTU after one circulation is <100; under
another set of conditions, a NTU >40 is an indi-
cator that the displacement did not attain its
goal. In one case, 80 bbl of contaminated brine
may reflect good practice; in another, 40 bbl
may be unacceptable.

71 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
Displacement Techniques
Displacements are designated according to the
direction in which they are pumped and the
fluid which follows the chemical spacers into
the hole.
In the Forward technique, displacing fluids
are pumped down the workstring and up the
casing annulus and pump pressure is applied
to the workstring. In the Reverse technique, dis-
placing fluids are pumped down the casing
annulus and up the workstring and pump
pressure is applied to the annulus.
In the Direct method, drilling mud is dis-
placed by cleaning spacers followed by comple-
tion fluid. In the Indirect method, drilling mud
is displaced by cleaning spacers or available
water (seawater or drill water) followed by a
hole-volume of available water. Only later is
the available water displaced out of the hole by
completion fluid. The Balanced method is one
type of direct displacement. In it, the spacers
are weighted to balance the density of the mud
so that differential pressures (between hydro-
static and formation or liner top test) are mini-
mized during pumping of the displacement.
The Staged method is a seldom-used but
important technique in which the wellbore
is displaced in stages, the upper portion first,
usually indirectly, followed by the remaining
lower portions.
Spacer Type
Displacements of mud to brine are performed
using chemical spacers that are intended to
remove all remnants of the mud from casing
and tubulars. Muds are typically categorized
as Oil-Base (OBM), Synthetic-Base (SBM) and

72 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
Water-Base (WBM). Spacers used to breakdown
and remove these three mud systems differ in
their chemical composition.
Water is the best solvent for WBM. A high-
pH solution of caustic soda in drill water or
seawater is very effective at destroying the
integrity of WBM. A surfactant (SAFE-SURF* W
or WN) in drill water or seawater can be used to
further clean the pipe and water-wet the pipe
surface. A viscous pill is often used to sweep
mud solids and debris out of the hole. Some
combination of similarly designed spacers will
suffice to clean the hole of water-base mud,
always in conjunction with best displacement
practices.
OBM and SBM are more complex systems
and more difficult to remove from pipe sur-
faces. Oil is the best solvent for removing either
of these systems, but at some point a chemical
transition must be made to water-wet the pipe
surface. M-I SWACO recommends initiating this
aqueous transition immediately following the
base oil pre-flush. This spacer, called the tran-
sition spacer, must be based on chemistry that
is compatible with the mud, the base oil and
the cleaning or wash spacer that follows.
Compatibility tests performed prior to the dis-
placement determine the composition of this
transition spacer and confirm that massive or
complex emulsions will not form at the inter-
faces of the displaced and displacing fluids.
Cleaning or wash spacers follow the transi-
tion spacers in sequence. They are also more
difficult to determine for OBM and SBM than
for WBM. Surfactants (SAFE-SURF O, E or NS)
and solvents (SAFE-SOLV* OM, E or 148) are less

73 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
effective at cooler temperatures, such as might
be seen at a deepwater mudline or even in a shal-
low well. Higher concentrations of surfactant
and solvent are required for removing higher
weight OBM and SBM than for removing lower
weight muds. Also combinations of surfactant
and solvent will exhibit differing effects when
cleaning OBM or SBM. Synthetic muds are gener-
ally more tenacious about gripping the pipe sur-
face. Laboratory tests should be run to determine
the effectiveness of these spacers prior to per-
forming a displacement of OBM or SBM.
M-I SWACO OBM and SBM displacement rec-
ommendations typically consist of a weighted,
viscous transition spacer, one or two cleaning
spacers (of solvent/surfactant combined or
individually) and a viscous separation spacer.
Regardless of mud type, following the separa-
tion spacer one drum of flocculant (FILTER FLOC*)
in 100 bbl seawater or brine is often used to
help carry solids to the surface. If the flocculant
is added to brine in a direct displacement, the
brine can be directed to the return pit with the
rest of the active brine system.
Spacer Size
The lead or transition spacer in an OBM or SBM
displacement should be sized to eliminate the
intermixing of the fluids ahead of and behind it.
(This is less of a critical issue in WBM displace-
ments, but the same design techniques apply.)
Conventional practice defines this interval as
500 to 1,500 ft (150 to 450 m) of coverage in
the largest annular area, depending upon the
unique experience of the design engineer.
However, if two wells are compared, both with
958-in. (244-mm) casing and 4-in. (102-mm) drill

74 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
pipe, one 8,000 ft (2,440 m) deep and the other
20,000 ft (6,100 m) deep, conventional practice
suggests these two wellbores require identically
sized transition spacers. M-I SWACO recom-
mends the transition spacer be sized based on
the well capacity, typically 10% of the total
annular volume. This accounts for annular size
as well as well depth. In this case, the 8,000-ft
(2,438.4-m) well will have a 25 to 50 bbl (4 to
8 m3) transition spacer while the 20,000-ft
(6,096-m) well will have a 75 to 100 bbl (12 to
16 m3) transition spacer. For logistical conven-
ience, the spacer size is rounded up or down to
fit portable storage tanks, if necessary.
The size of the cleaning spacer should be
determined by the total surface area to be
cleaned, contact time and flow rate required for
cleaning and concentration of wash chemical.
It has been estimated that the average mud film
on the casing and tubing wall is between 164-
and 132-in. (0.4- and 0.8-mm) thick. The volume
of this mud film can be calculated based on the
size and length of the drill pipe and casing.
Since cleaning spacers will become contami-
nated with mud over the course of the displace-
ment, a well-designed cleaning spacer will have
a concentration great enough to provide effec-
tive chemical activity in the latter stages of
the displacement. A basic design begins with
enough spacer volume and wash chemical con-
centration to account for mud contamination
up to 25%.
Based on this criteria, M-I SWACO recom-
mends cleaning spacers sized at a minimum
of 4 times the estimated volume of mud film
on the total area of tubing and casing, or,

75 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
enough concentration to effectively clean when
contaminated with mud at 25% volume. If that
volume/concentration is sufficient to achieve
the necessary contact time for effective clean-
ing at the displacement pump rate, no size/con-
centration adjustment is required. However, if
pre-job spacer testing indicates more contact
time or concentration is needed, spacer size/
concentration should be adjusted accordingly.
Factors that may cause a further increase of
cleaning spacer size are: dead space in blending
pits and lines, inability to rotate and/or recipro-
cate, inability to get the cleaning spacer in tur-
bulent flow in part of the wellbore or poor mud
conditioning (especially stagnant mud in high-
temperature conditions).
Pump Rate and Flow Regime
Pump rate for a mud-to-brine displacement
should be maintained between two limits.
The minimum limit is that rate required to
achieve turbulent flow in the cleaning spacer.
The maximum limit is that pump rate which
lowers the contact time of the cleaning spacer
below the acceptable level as determined by
prior lab testing.
It is generally recognized that the cleaning
spacer will be most effective when it is in tur-
bulent flow. Turbulence is usually attributed
to a surfactant-based Newtonian fluid with a
Reynolds Number (NRe) >4,000 (2,200 <4,000
being transitional flow). Experience in displace-
ment implementation suggests using a higher
lower-limit in design criteria, often on the order
of NRe ~ 6,000 to 8,000 if possible. Factors
which determine the NRe of a fluid are its den-
sity, Apparent Viscosity (AV), velocity and area

76 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
of flow. NRe is inversely proportional to the
fluid viscosity. Since cleaning spacers are non-
viscous, a high NRe can usually be achieved
with relative ease.
Spacer Chemicals
Spacers are designed using surfactants, sol-
vents, viscosifiers and flocculants. M-I SWACO
has developed a line of displacement spacer
products that are designed to promote wellbore
cleaning while minimizing rig time and mate-
rial waste. This product line is called the SAFE*
Series.
Surfactants SAFE-SURF W, WN and
NS are surfactant blends intended for use in
removing water-base mud residues. All are
designed for use in freshwater or seawater
and contain strong water-wetting surfactants.
The pH of these blends varies from very high
(W) to near neutral (WN).
SAFE-SURF O, E and NS are formulated for
removal of OBM and SBM. These surfactants
can be blended in freshwater or seawater and
are effective when blended in salt brine. pH
ranges from very low (O) to moderately high (E).
The products are formulated to satisfy differing
regulatory requirements in various parts of the
world. Surfactants are used at 3 to 20% by
volume in spacer solutions.
Solvents SAFE-SOLV E, OM and 148 are
solvent/surfactant blends intended for use in
OBM and SBM displacements. They contain no
aromatic hydrocarbons or toxic alkyl phenols.
These solvents are used in displacement spacers
at percentages between 3 and 35% and are
pumped neat when used to pickle pipe for
pipe-dope removal. SAFE-T-PICKLE* is a special

77 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
solvent developed for removal of pipe dope.
SAFE-T-PICKLE is run as a neat solvent.
Viscosifiers M-I SWACO prefers the use of
shear-thinning polymers when possible in mud
displacements. DUO-VIS*, DUO-VIS L, FLO-VIS*L
and FLO-VIS PLUS are xanthan polymer systems
that are used to build viscous spacers. DUO-VIS
is unclarified xanthan, FLO-VIS L is liquid clari-
fied xanthan and FLO-VIS PLUS is coated, clari-
fied powder. The proper product is selected
based on well conditions and completion goals.
SAFE-VIS*, SAFE-VIS OGS, SAFE-VIS LE,
SAFE-VIS E and SAFE-VIS HDE are HEC polymer
systems also used to viscosify displacement
spacers. SAFE-VIS is dry powder, OGS is pre-
slurried in a synthetic carrier that passes oil
and grease and static sheen tests required in
the Gulf of Mexico and HDE is pre-slurried in
a synthetic carrier to enable viscosification of
high-density brine. SAFE-VIS is typically recom-
mended at 3.5 lb/bbl (10 kg/m3). SAFE-VIS OGS,
LE and E are used between 0.75 to 1.5 gal/bbl
(19 to 38 kg/m3). SAFE-VIS HDE is recommended
between 3 and 5 gal/bbl (63 and 105 kg/m3).
Flocculants SAFE-FLOC* I and FILTER FLOC
are used to flocculate dispersed solids and to
help bring solids to the surface. SAFE-FLOC I is
often used in brine reclamations or added on
location when dissolved iron creates a clarity
problem in the completion brine. It can be added
at 0.25 to 1% by volume to the working brine
system to help coagulate and then flocculate
colloidal iron. FILTER FLOC is most often included
in the first 100 bbl (16 m3) of seawater or brine
that follows the displacement spacer sequence

78 Go To Table of Contents
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
into the hole. This helps bring suspended solids
to the surface where they can be filtered out of
the working system.
Mechanical Aids
Mechanical aids consist of those elements
which are neither chemical nor hydraulic,
such as mud conditioning, pipe rotation and
reciprocation and cleaning tools.
Mud conditioning may be the most under-
stated stage of the displacement process. Mud
properties, i.e., PV and YP, should be reduced to
minimum values prior to displacement. In most
displacement applications, a few additional
hours spent properly conditioning the mud
can save an extra day of hole cleaning.
Guidelines are available for rate of rotation
during circulation and displacement. Pipe rota-
tion is critical for hole cleaning in hole angles
>30. Reciprocation also helps disturb mud
adhering to the pipe wall. It is generally recom-
mended that pipe reciprocation be performed
during mud circulation and during the displace-
ment only after the spacers have entered the
casing annulus. To keep fluid flowing on-bottom
during displacement, reciprocation should be
limited to one joint of pipe, rather than one
stand, during that time.
Casing cleaning tools are an integral com-
ponent of mud displacement. The M-I SWACO
SPEEDWELL division provides casing brushes and
scrapers, jetting tools, magnets and boot bas-
kets that are put in-string during the casing
clean-out. Refer to the SPEEDWELL tools section
in this manual.

79 Go To Table of Contents
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 8
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL

FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
8. VISCOSIFIERS AND

Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
Loss of completion fluids to permeable forma-
tions will usually impair the production of
hydrocarbons. Increasing water saturation, scal-
ing and emulsion formation are examples of
formation damage that can occur. Furthermore,
if the rate of losses during the completion
process is too great, continuing with operations
such as tripping in and out of the hole may not
be possible. As a result, controlling fluid losses is
an important consideration when designing
and carrying out the completion. Whereas both
mechanical and chemical means of controlling
losses are available, in many cases, mechanical
means are either impractical or simply not suit-
able. Therefore, fluid losses are very often con-
trolled by chemical means, i.e., spotting pills
of one sort or another. An important feature
of these pills is that they control losses with
the least possible damage to the productivity
of the well.
Reducing the density of the completion fluid
to lessen the differential pressure between the
wellbore and the formation is an effective
means of reducing the rate of losses. However,
adjusting the brine density requires an accurate
knowledge of both the Bottomhole Pressure
(BHP) and the hydrostatic pressure exerted by
the brine. The density of the completion fluid
is selected to provide a certain overbalance
pressure in the wellbore, often 200 to 300 psi
(13.8 to 20.7 bar). In deep, hot wellbores, little
margin of error is available. Consequently, den-
sity reduction is often not allowed unless reli-
able data is provided that can assure that a
density-cut is an acceptable option.

81 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
Pills commonly used to control downhole
losses include, solids-free viscous pills, cross-
linked polymer pills and those containing solu-
ble, sized bridging particles such as calcium
carbonate or sodium chloride. Unlike the cross-
linked and filter-cake building systems, solids-
free viscous pills do not stop losses, but rather,
reduce the rate of loss. The effectiveness of a vis-
cous pill depends on the length and permeabil-
ity of the thief zone, the differential pressure,
the viscosity of the pill under downhole condi-
tions and just as important, the quality of its
preparation. To be truly solids-free and to be as
non-damaging as possible, viscous pills should
be sheared and filtered (minimum 10 micron
absolute) to eliminate fish eyes that will act as
plugging solids and make breakers and clean-
up techniques much less effective.
Typically, these viscous pills are prepared
with a polymer that is soluble in the completion
fluid, provides viscoelastic behavior, maintains
viscosity under downhole conditions and can
be broken with available breakers such as
acids, enzymes and oxidizers. The most com-
mon examples include Hydroxyethylcellulose
(HEC), and Xanthan Gum (XC). In all cases, the
high-purity, clarified versions of these polymers
should be used. Lower grade versions of HEC
and XC, or non-clarified systems such as many
of the guar gums and carboxy-celluloses, are
generally not recommended. M-I SWACO offers
high-purity polymer systems within the
SAFE-VIS (HEC) and FLO-VIS (XC) product lines.
Synthetic polymers that are neither acid soluble
or acid compatible are not recommended unless
extreme conditions warrant such use.

82 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
Cross-linked pills offered by M-I SWACO
(SAFE-LINK*) are based on a derivatized HEC in
which anionic functional groups are grafted
onto the polymer backbone and cross-linked
with Magnesium Oxide. The cross-linking
causes the polymer to form a 3-dimensional
network which produces a gel structure with
the consistency a thick gelatin. Similar cross-
linked systems are available in the industry,
some of which are mixed on the rig, requiring
special blending units and a trained technician
to properly prepare. The SAFE-LINK systems are
pre cross-linked in base brine and supplied to
the rig in 5-gal (18.9 L) buckets. No special
blenders or training is required to mix these
pills. The SAFE-LINK gel is simply added to a vis-
cous HEC pill or to the base brine, stirred (not
sheared) and pumped. SAFE-LINK pills are sup-
plied with densities from 11 to 16 lb/gal (1.32
to 1.92 SG).
When the solids-free, linear gel or cross-
linked pills are ineffective, pills that form an
external filter cake are required. Only soluble
bridging agents such as calcium carbonate or
sodium chloride should be used in these appli-
cations. The particle size distribution of the
solids in these pills is selected to bridge either
on the surface of the formation (OPTIBRIDGE*
pills) or on the inside surface of the production
screen (SEAL-N-PEEL* pills). These systems
require knowledge of the screen type and/or
formation pore size. In addition to the base
brine and the sized particles, such solids-
containing pills use shear thinning polymers
with good low-shear-rate viscosity to carry and
suspend the solids and a soluble binding agent

83 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
to form a low-permeable matrix in combina-
tion with the solids. Xanthan gum and starch
are the most common examples of these addi-
tives. Because these pills form a filter cake of
extremely low permeability, and in some cases,
form an impermeable plug in a perforation
tunnel, they can be more difficult to clean up
than their solids-free counterparts and usually
require a post-placement cleanup treatment.
On the other hand, SEAL-N-PEEL pills seal on
the production screen surface with very little
matrix invasion and contain surface tension
reducing agents that allow the filter cake to
peel from the surface with minimal draw-
down pressure.

HEC
Hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC) is a nonionic, ethyl
ether derivative of cellulose. It is the most com-
mon polymer used to viscosify clear brine com-
pletion fluids. It is the only polymer soluble in
all standard, non-formate completion fluids,
regardless of density. Dry HEC polymer must be
added slowly when used to viscosity brine; oth-
erwise the brine immediately wets the surface
of the polymer before it has a chance to disperse.
This leaves a dry inner core surrounded by a
hydrated outer layer (fish eyes) that is nearly
impossible to hydrate further and must be fil-
tered. Shearing and filtering is recommended
when preparing HEC pills, especially if the pill
is to be used for fluid-loss control.
Adding dry HEC to concentrated brine will
usually require heat to fully hydrate and to
develop complete viscosity profile. The amount
of heat required to easily hydrate HEC in high

84 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
density brine is a function of the total salt in
solution, the amount of HEC added, the shear
rate of the mix and the total time. A general
rule of thumb for fluid systems above about
12 lb/gal (1.44 SG) is 120 to 140 F (48.8 to
60 C), mixed for 6 to 10 hrs under high shear.
Operationally, this means circulating the fluid
through a centrifugal pump until the temper-
ature is reached, slowly adding the polymer
and continuing to circulate for 6 to 10 hrs or
until the viscosity no longer increases with
additional mixing. In order to minimize the
formation of fish eyes, it is important to add
polymer slowly and ensure that all lumps of dry
HEC are completely desegregated before adding.
HEC is completely acid soluble. The pre-
mium grades produce less than 0.1 wt % residue
after exposure to HCl. HEC pills can be broken
with HCl and organic acids and mild oxidizers.
HEC can be stabilized at temperatures
greater than 250 F (121.1 C), depending on the
base brine. Contact your M-I SWACO representa-
tive for recommendations.

SAFE-VIS
SAFE-VIS is a high-grade, clarified HEC polymer.
It is a glyoxylated form of HEC with an average
molecular weight of approximately 1,000,000
daltons. This glyoxyl coating retards hydration
until either time, temperature or solution pH
(above about 7) strips the coating from the sur-
face. This retardation allows a more controlled
and full hydration. SAFE-VIS is used to viscosify
freshwater, seawater or brine fluids used in
workover and completion operations. SAFE-VIS
is normally added at concentrations of 2 to

85 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
4 lb/bbl (0.9 to 1.8 kg/bbl) for viscous pills
and 0.1 to 0.5 lb/bbl (0.05 to 0.23 kg/bbl) for
drag reduction.
SAFE-VIS is packaged in 50-lb (22.7-kg)
multi-wall, waterproof sacks.

SAFE-VIS HDE
SAFE-VIS HDE liquid viscosifier is a suspension
of high-quality HEC polymer in water-soluble
carrier. It is specially formulated for high den-
sity CaCl2, CaCl2/CaBr2, CaBr2, CaBr2, CaCl2/
CaBr2/ZnBr2 and most other divalent brines.
Treatments usually range between 2 to 5 gal/bbl
(7.6 to 18.9 L/bbl) of completion fluid. Special
mixing procedures are required for ZnBr2
fluids in the 15 to 16.5 lb/gal (1.8 to 1.98 SG)
density range.
SAFE-VIS HDE is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L)
plastic cans. SAFE-VIS HDE contains 4.5 lb
(2.04 kg) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.

SAFE-VIS OGS
SAFE-VIS OGS liquid viscosifier is a suspension
of high-quality HEC polymer in a water dis-
persible, synthetic carrier. SAFE-VIS OGS liquid
viscosifier is specially formulated to pass Oil
and Grease, LC50 and Static Sheen Test require-
ments for offshore GoM use. The product vis-
cosifies single salt CaCl2 and CaBr2 brines
and all monovalent-salt brines. Treatments
usually range between 0.5 to 1.5 gal/bbl (1.9
to 5.7 L/bbl) of completion fluid.
SAFE-VIS OGS is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L)
plastic cans. SAFE-VIS OGS contains 16.5 to 17 lb
(7.5 to 7.7 kg) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.

86 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL

SAFE-VIS LE
SAFE-VIS LE liquid viscosifier is a suspension of
high-quality HEC polymer in a highly purified
mineral oil carrier (UK OCNS category D rat-
ing). SAFE-VIS LE is designed to viscosify single-
salt CaCl2 brines and all monovalent-salt
halide brines. Treatments usually range
between 0.5 to 1.5 gal/bbl (1.9 to 5.7 L/bbl)
of completion fluids.
SAFE-VIS LE is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L) plas-
tic cans. SAFE-VIS LE contains 16.5 to 17 lb (7.5 to
7.7 kg) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.

SAFE-VIS E
SAFE-VIS E liquid viscosifier is a suspension
of high-quality HEC polymer in a highly puri-
fied mineral oil carrier. SAFE-VIS E is designed
to viscosify single-salt CaCl2 brines and all
monovalent-salt halide brines. Treatments
usually range between 0.5 to 1.5 gal/bbl (1.9
to 5.7 L/bbl) of completion fluids.
SAFE-VIS E is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L) plastic
cans. SAFE-VIS E contains 16.5 to 17 lb (1.9 to
5.7 L/bbl) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.

87 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL

HEC Mixing Procedures


I. Rigsite preparation for HEC fluid-loss
pills using SAFE-VIS1 (25-bbl high-vis
pill with 4-lb/bbl [1.8-kg/bbl] HEC
as example)
1. Prepare a 25-bbl viscous fluid-loss pill approx-
imately 24 hrs prior to needing to pump the
pill. The recommended pill loading for fluid-
loss control is 4-lb/bbl (1.8-kg/bbl) HEC.
2. Prepare a pill as follows:
3. Transfer 25-bbl filtered brine into Mixing Pit.
4. Open 2 bags SAFE-VIS HEC and add to brine
through the hopper slowly (10 to 20 min
per bag).
5. Mix at high speed and shear pill through
pump and hopper.
6. Adjust pH to 8 to 9 with caustic soda (NaOH).
7. As pill begins to thicken, check Fann 35 rheol-
ogy. Shear until readings level off for several
samples (6/3 RPM readings should be at least
80% of 200/150 at room temperature).
8. Filter pill through 10-micron filter cartridges
into pit not used for mixing pill.
9. Pill is now ready to pump. Allow it to set
until needed, continued blending should
not be required.
1SAFE-VIS Dry HEC should only be used for freshwater and under-

saturated brines such as seawater or saltwater less than about


9 lb/gal (1.1 SG) density. SAFE-VIS HEC powder is coated with a pH
sensitive anti-dispersing agent that allows its addition to freshwater
or under-saturated brine without its premature hydration which
leads to the formation of fish eyes. This coating is stripped off the
polymer above a pH of 7, after which, hydration is rapid.

88 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
Example rheology listed below:

6 rpm 170 @ 72 F
3 rpm 140 @ 72 F

II. Rigsite preparation for HEC pills


using SAFE-VIS E/OGS/LE Liquid HEC1
(25-bbl high-vis pill with 4-lb/bbl
[1.8-kg/bbl] HEC as example)
1. Prepare a 25-bbl viscous fluid-loss pill approx-
imately 24 hrs prior to needing to pump the
pill. The recommended pill loading for fluid-
loss control is 4-lb/bbl (1.8-kg/bbl) HEC
2. Prepare a pill as follows:
3. Transfer 25-bbl filtered brine into Mixing Pit.
4. Open 6 buckets of SAFE-VIS E/OGS/LE and
thoroughly stir the contents of each bucket.
5. Dump all buckets through the hopper (1 to 2
min per can). If unable to add all cans through
hopper, add cans directly into pit as close to
agitator blades as possible.
6. Shear pill through pump and hopper.
7. As pill begins to thicken, check Fann 35 rheol-
ogy. Shear until readings level off for several
samples (6/3 RPM readings should be at least
80% of 200/150 at room temperature).
8. Filter pill through 10-micron filter cartridges
into pit not used for mixing pill.
9. Pill is now ready to pump. Allow it to set
until needed, continued blending should
not be required.
1SAFE-VIS E/OGS/LE Liquid HEC should only be used for brines with a

significant amount of free water. Fully saturated brines are not


easily viscosified with non-water-soluble, liquid SAFE-VIS products.
High shear and/or heat is required when viscosifying saturated
brines with these products.

89 Go To Table of Contents
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
Example rheology listed below:

6 rpm 170 @ 72 F
3 rpm 140 @ 72 F

III. Rig site preparation for HEC pills


using SAFE-VIS HDE liquid HEC1
(25-bbl high-vis pill with 4-lb/bbl
[1.8-kg/bbl] HEC as example)
1. Prepare a 25-bbl viscous fluid-loss pill approx-
imately 24 hrs prior to needing to pump the
pill. The recommended pill loading for fluid
loss control is 4-lb/bbl (1.8-kg/bbl) HEC.
2. Prepare a pill as follows:
3. Transfer 25-bbl filtered high density brine
into Mixing Pit.
4. Open 20 buckets of SAFE-VIS HDE and thor-
oughly stir the contents of each bucket.
5. Dump all buckets through the hopper as
quickly as possible (5 to 10 sec per can). If
unable to add all cans through hopper, add
cans directly into pit as close to agitator
blades as possible.
6. Shear pill through pump and hopper.
7. As pill begins to thicken, check Fann 35 rheol-
ogy. Shear until readings level off for several
samples (6/3 RPM readings should be at least
80% of 200/150 at room temperature).
8. Filter pill through 10-micron filter cartridges
into pit not used for mixing pill.
9. Pill is now ready to pump. Allow it to set
until needed, continued blending should
not be required.
1SAFE-VIS HDE Liquid HEC can be for any brine and does not require

excess shear or heat. SAFE-VIS HDE contains 4.5-lb (2-kg) HEC per
5-gal (18.9-L) bucket.

810 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
Example rheology listed below:

6 rpm 170 @ 72 F
3 rpm 140 @ 72 F

Cross-Linked HEC Pills


SAFE-LINK 110 and 140
SAFE-LINK fluid-loss pills are comprised of a
chemically modified HEC polymer, cross-linked
with high pH. SAFE-LINK pills are used to control
loss of clear brine fluid to the formation by
applying a very viscous material across the for-
mation face, virtually stopping the flow of brine
into the formation. SAFE-LINK pills are designed
to work in seawater, NaCl, NaBr, KCl, CaCl2,
CaBr2, and ZnBr2 brine ranging from 8.6 to
about 16 lb/gal (1.92 kg/L). SAFE-LINK 110
weighs 11 lb/gal (1.32 kg/L). SAFE-LINK 140
weighs 14 lb/gal (1.68 kg/L). SAFE-LINK 160
weighs 16 lb/gal (1.92 kg/L). SAFE-LINK is
degradable by hydrochloric acid, acetic acid,
formic acid and temperatures greater than
250 F (121.1 C), however, these pills can be
stabilized to temperatures greater than 250 F
(121.1 C) with proprietary stabilizing agents.
SAFE-LINK is pre cross-linked and packaged in
5-gal (18.9-L) pails. No additional cross-linking
is required on the rig. A fluid-loss pill is mixed by
simple addition of the SAFE-LINK material to
viscosified or non-viscosified completion brine.
SAFE-LINK Mixing Instructions:
For a 60-ft (18.2-m), 7-in. (190.5-mm) perfo-
rated interval, mix a 10-bbl pill as follows:
Add 32 pails of SAFE-LINK additive to 260 gal
(984.2 L) of either viscosified or non-viscosified

811 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
completion brine. Stir gently with a lightning
mixer or paddle mixer to slurry the SAFE-LINK
additive into the brine. Do not over-shear the
slurry; the slurry should be lumpy or stringy
when pumped.
Note: Due to the SAFE-LINK additives cross-
linking mechanism, differential pressure greater
than 2,000 psi (137.9 bar) is not advisable.

Pills Containing Bridging Solids


SEAL-N-PEEL
SEAL-N-PEEL is a uniquely engineered fluid-loss-
control pill, designed specifically as a contin-
gency for all high-rate gravel-pack or water-pack
completions. SEAL-N-PEEL provides superb sup-
plemental fluid-loss control when mechanical
devices either fail or are unavailable. It deposits
an impenetrable filter cake against the inside
surface of the screen assembly. When the well
is ready to go on stream, the cake simply peels
away, using production pressure and flow as
the lift-off mechanism. The SEAL-N-PEEL base is
blended on location or at an M-I SWACO facility
and transported to location in 25-bbl MPT tanks.
Carbonate is added to the base fluid prior to
pumping the pill downhole.
The SEAL-N-PEEL lift-off pressures are
typically < 5-psi (0.34 bar) on average.
A volume of intact SEAL-N-PEEL that is,
a pill that has not been diluted with brine
must reach screens to be effective. Dilution
occurs in interface with brine while pumping
down workstring and in annular volume
between ports that pill exits workstring and top
of gravel-pack packer. The spacers pumped
ahead of solids-laden pill are used to ensure

812 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
that this intact pill will reach screens. Pump
rates while pumping SEAL-N-PEEL must be
greater than loss rate to formation.
Consult M-I SWACO technical lab for opti-
mum formulation.
SEAL-N-PEEL Mix Instructions (15 bbl)
1. Add 14 bbl of the SEAL-N-PEEL base gel
to blender.
2. Add recommended carbonate at 1 to 2 min
per sack to blender.
3. Blend at medium speed until smooth mixture
appears (15 min maximum).
4. Blend at slow speed until pill is pumped.
5. Pump recommended SEAL-N-PEEL base spac-
ers ahead and behind of solids-laden pill
based on the following table:
Loss rate Spacer Volume
< 25 bbl/hr 3 bbl
25 45 bbl/hr 6 bbl
> 45 bbl/hr 9 bbl

Reduce loss rate to formation by filling annu-


lus with seawater to reduce hydrostatic head.
Pump rate while spotting pill must be greater
than loss rate.
Spot pill as close to gravel-pack packer
as possible.
A balanced pill is recommended.
Record loss rate before pill spotted, after pill
in place, volume spacers, volume pill with
carbonate, pump rate while spotting pill and
losses while spotting pill.
Increase volume to 25 bbl of SEAL-N-PEEL with
carbonate for extreme losses.

813 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL

OPTIBRIDGE PILLS
OPTIBRIDGE pills are designed using proprietary
software that examines data from the targeted
formation, including maximum pore size open-
ing and permeability and combines that input
with the bridging-particle information.
OPTIBRIDGE software automatically generates a
target line of the optimum blend of particles
that will effectively minimize solids and filtrate
invasion. Once the optimum blend is known,
the ratio of bridging materials is matched to
the formation characteristics. A fit-for-purpose
blend made of either calcium carbonate or salt
will effectively seal the formation.

Sized-Salt Pills
Sized-salt pills can be used in a broad density
spectrum ranging from 10.5 to 17.0 depending
on the base brine and concentration of bridging
solids utilized. Typically salt pills are mixed in
saturated sodium chloride brine, but they can
also be used with potassium chloride, calcium
chloride, sodium bromide, calcium bromide and
zinc bromide as long as the base brine is satu-
rated with respect to sodium chloride to prevent
solubilizing the sized sodium chloride bridging
solids. These fluid-loss control systems have a
unique synergistic blend of polymers which
create optimum rheological and suspension
properties providing long-term stability, and
contingent to the thermal extender package
used they can withstand bottomhole temper-
atures up to 325 F (162.7 C).
Optimized particle-size distributions seal
formations and completion screens over a wide

814 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
range of permeability minimizing formation
damage. Sized-salt pills can be removed with an
acid soak to destroy the internal polymers and
an unsaturated (with respect to sodium chlo-
ride) brine to dissolve the sodium chloride
bridging agents. Consult M-I SWACO technical
lab for optimum pill and breaker formulation.

Bridgesal Ultra Superfine


Mixing Procedure
Before adding Bridgesal^ Ultra Superfine, the
base brine must be saturated with respect to
sodium chloride to prevent the bridging salt
from being dissolved. Refer to sodium chloride
saturation tables for each respective base brine.
Mixing Instructions
1. Start with the desired amount of brine in a
clean slugging pit or mixing tank.
2. Add can (2.5 gal [9.46 L]) of DEFOAM 2* for
every 20 bbl of fluid.
3. If necessary, add the required amount of
EVAPORATED SALT through the mud hopper
at 2 to 3 min per sack for saturation with
respect to NaCl.
Note: After saturating the brine with
sodium chloride, it should be filtered to ensure
the removal of any particles above 44 microns.
If Ultrasal 5 or 10 is used to saturate the brine,
no filtering is required.
4. Add the required amount of Bridgesal Ultra
Superfine (50 to 70 lb/bbl [22.6 to 31.8 kg])
through the mud hopper at 6 to 8 min per
sack. Add additional DEFOAM 2 as needed to
control foaming.

^Bridgesal is a mark of Texas Brine Corporation.

815 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
5. If additional FL-7 Plus^ is needed add through
a hopper at 6 to 8 min per sack.
6. If CaCl2 brine is used, add 2 to 5 lb/bbl (0.9 to
2.27 kg) of pH buffer through a hopper at 3
to 4 min per sack.
7. Allow the pill to agitate for 30 to 45 min prior
to pumping downhole.
Note: If a mud hopper is not available, add
all products at maximum agitation as possible
while circulating through a pump. If the BHT
is above 250 F (121.1 C), contact an M-I SWACO
representative.

Bridgesal Ultra Mixing Procedure


Before adding Bridgesal Ultra, the base brine
must be saturated with respect to sodium chlo-
ride to prevent the bridging salt from being
dissolved. Refer to sodium chloride saturation
tables for each respective base brine.
Mixing Instructions
1. Start with the desired amount of brine in a
clean slugging pit or mixing tank.
2. Add can (2.5 gal [9.46 L]) of DEFOAM 2 for
every 20 bbl of fluid.
3. If necessary, add the required amount of
EVAPORATED SALT through the mud hopper
at 2 to 3 min per sack for saturation with
respect to NaCl.
4. Add the required amount of Bridgesal Ultra
(50 to 60 lb/bbl [22.6 to 27.2 kg]) through
the mud hopper at 6 to 8 min per sack.
Add additional DEFOAM 2 as needed to
control foaming.
5. If additional FL-7 Plus is needed add through a
hopper at 6 to 8 min per sack.
^FL-7 Plus is a mark of Texas Brine Corporation.

816 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
6. If CaCl2 brine is used, add 2 to 5 lb/bbl (0.9 to
2.27 kg) of pH buffer through a hopper at 3 to
4 min per sack.
7. Allow the pill to agitate for 30 to 45 min prior
to pumping downhole.
Note: If a mud hopper is not available, add
all products at maximum agitation as possible
while circulating through a pump. If the BHT
is above 250 F (121.1 C), contact an M-I SWACO
representative.

Hysal Superfine/Hysal HD Pill


Hysal Superfine and Hysal HD are fluid prod-
ucts designed to be used in high density brines
(12.5 to 18.2 lb/gal [1.49 to 2.18 SG]).
Mixing Procedures
12.5 to 16 lb/gal (1.49 to 1.92 SG)
1. Add 0.5 gal/bbl (1.89 L/bbl) of Hysal Activator
to the brine.
2. Add 100 lb/bbl (45.4 kg/bbl) of Hysal
Superfine at 6 to 8 min per sack through
a hopper.
3. Allow the slurry to mix, circulating through a
choke to generate temperature, for approxi-
mately 4 hrs.1

16 to 17.5 lb/gal (1.92 to 2.1 SG)


1. Add 0.5 gal/bbl (1.89 L/bbl) of Hysal Activator
to the brine.
2. Add 100 (45.4 kg/bbl) of Hysal HD at 6 to 8
min per sack through a hopper.
3. Allow the slurry to mix, circulating through a
choke to generate temperature, for approxi-
mately 4 hrs.1
1HEC polymer may be supplemented into the pill mix (at 2 to
3 lb/bbl [0.9 to 1.36 kg/bbl]) for initial viscosity enhancement until
starches are thermally activated at bottom-hole temperatures.

817 Go To Table of Contents


VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
17.5 to 18.2 lb/gal (2.1 to 2.18 SG)
Note: Formulations from 17.5 to 18.2 lb/gal
(2.1 to 2.18 SG) should be verified by laboratory
testing.

If the BHT is over 250 F (121.1 C), contact an


M-I SWACO representative.

818 Go To Table of Contents


9. CORROSION INHIBITION
AND PACKER FLUIDS
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 9
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

Go To Table of Contents
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS
M-I SWACO offers corrosion inhibitors, oxygen
scavengers and biocides to minimize or prevent
corrosion in completion, workover and reservoir
drill-in fluid systems.

SAFE-COR
SAFE-COR* is an amine-based corrosion inhibitor
that forms an inert film on downhole oilfield
tubulars. SAFE-COR should be used as the pri-
mary inhibitor for all non-zinc bromide packer-
fluid applications in which Corrosion Resistant
Alloys (CRA) material is used for production
tubing and the maximum temperature is less
than 350 F (177 C). The standard inhibitor
treatment of 55 U.S. gal/100 bbl (13.1 L/m3)
should be applied. An oxygen scavenger should
be added at standard dosage and biocide when
appropriate (less than saturated salt). Formate-
based brines for high-temperature applications
do not strictly require a chemical corrosion
inhibitor in the presence of CRAs. In such cases,
a pH buffer, such a potassium carbonate, should
be added to reduce the rate of corrosion. Oxygen
scavenger and/or biocide may be added in cases
where under-saturated formate brines are used.

SAFE-COR 220X
SAFE-COR 220X is a brine-soluble amide-
corrosion inhibitor comprising a solution of
glycoside-amide in water. Typical treatment
level is 1 to 1.3% by volume (55 gal/100 bbl
[13.1 L/m3]). SAFE-COR 220X is recommended for
CO2 and H2S environments when the tempera-
ture is <250 F (<121 C).

91 Go To Table of Contents
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

SAFE-COR E
SAFE-COR E corrosion inhibitor is a modified
amine-type additive formulated to protect all
oilfield tubular goods, for solubility in clear
brine completion fluids and to minimize envi-
ronmental impact. It helps prevent general
corrosion attack on casing, tubing and down-
hole tools in contact with completion brines.
SAFE-COR E is a highly concentrated product
designed and packaged for use in solids-free
workover and completion brines.

SAFE-COR HT
SAFE-COR HT is a high-temperature corrosion
inhibitor effective in ZnBr2 solutions. It is a
solution of an inorganic sulfur salt in water.
Typical treatment level is 0.33% by volume
(55 gal/400 bbl [3.27 L/m3]). SAFE-COR HT,
which forms a protective, very thin film of
iron-sulfide scale, should be used only for
carbon-steel tubulars.

SAFE-SCAV NA
SAFE-SCAV* NA is a bisulfite-based oxygen
scavenger for non-calcium brines. Typical treat-
ment level is 0.025% by volume (1 gal/100 bbl
[0.24 L/m3]).

SAFE-SCAV CA
SAFE-SCAV CA is an oxygen scavenger for
calcium-based brines. An organic salt. Typical
treatment level is 15 lb/100 bbl (0.43 kg/m3).

92 Go To Table of Contents
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

SAFE-SCAV HS
SAFE-SCAV HS is a brine-soluble, amine-based
hydrogen sulfide scavenger. Typical treatment
level is 0.025% by volume (1 gal/100 bbl
[0.24 L/m3]).

Application of SAFE-COR Corrosion


Inhibitors in Packer Fluids
Corrosion inhibition is recommended when
clear-brine completion fluids are used as
packer fluids. Corrosion rate data for non-zinc
bromide brines suggest these brines are not
generally corrosive. Most non-zinc bromide
brines show an average corrosion rate of less
than 5 milli-inches per year (m.p.y.) to oilfield
grade carbon steel at temperatures up to 350 F
(177 C). Zinc bromide fluids are inherently
acidic. These brines can be very corrosive if
not adequately inhibited.
Organic filming inhibitors, such as SAFE-COR,
SAFE-COR E and SAFE-COR 220X, act by forming
a protective barrier or film on the surface of
the metal. Film-forming inhibitors consist of a
polar group and a long, non-polar (hydrocarbon)
chain. The polar group contains what is referred
to as a heteroatom, i.e., oxygen, phosphorous,
sulfur or more typically, nitrogen. The nitrogen
containing molecules are most typically amines.
The molecular structure of these amines is such
that free electrons are capable of forming a
chemisorptive bond with metallic iron. This
bond holds the molecular head onto the sur-
face of the metal and the hydrocarbon tail
acts as a film thus the name filming
amine. The strength of the adsorptive bond

93 Go To Table of Contents
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS
and how long this bond lasts depends on the
environment, i.e., the molecular structure of the
chemical, the solubility of the material in the
aqueous medium (brine), movement of fluid
across the surface, physical disruption, etc.
The amines used for packer-fluid applica-
tions are much different than those used in
production applications. The amines in packer
fluids must be completely soluble in the brine,
whereas most production chemical amines are
oil soluble or water dispersible. The ability of
a packer-fluid amine to maintain its adsorbed
layer is greatly enhanced by the fact that once
in place, no aggressive movement of fluid occurs,
nor does a concentration gradient exist to allow
diffusive forces to act. The fact that it is a closed
system, the amine is not chemically reacted or
destroyed as part of the filming process and the
brine contains a relatively high concentration of
amine, self healing can occur and the film
should last indefinitely.
SAFE-COR HT is an inorganic inhibitor that
acts at the anodic site, reacting with the oxi-
dized iron by a chemical reaction forming
a thin, protective layer. SAFE-COR HT is a
thiocyanate-based inhibitor and, like other
sulfur-based products, should not be used
with chrome alloys.
The primary chemical species directly
involved in the corrosion process include acid
and oxygen. Besides the alkaline inhibitor, cor-
rosion inhibition should include: 1) eliminating
oxygen in the brine, and 2) increasing pH where
feasible. Other species such as sulfur, chlorides
and certain bacteria also impact the corrosion
process. Bacteriacides should be added to those

94 Go To Table of Contents
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS
fluid systems that would allow bacteria to grow.
Although not specific, brines with a density less
than about 11.0 lb/gal (1.32 SG) should be treated
with biocide for packer-fluid use.

CRA Tubing
Corrosion Resistant Alloys (CRA) have been
used extensively in wellbore construction over
the last couple of decades. With the develop-
ment of deeper, hotter and higher-pressured
wells, new generation CRAs are being produced
that possess greater Yield Strength (YS) than
previous versions. For example, Super and
Hyper grade 13% chromium stainless steels
(13-Cr) achieve yield strengths of 95 to 110 ksi and
above, by alloying the iron-chromium with
high percentages of molybdenum, nickel and
other alloying elements. These higher strengths
are more prone to Stress Corrosion Cracking
(SCC) than their lower-strength counterparts.
As their name suggests, CRA tubulars and
downhole equipment are generally resistant
to corrosive environments and each is selected
for an application for which it is best suited.
Depending on the amount and type of alloying
elements and homogeneity of the microstruc-
ture, localized corrosion such as pitting can
lead to sudden and catastrophic cracking fail-
ure. 13-Cr stainless steel is the most common
Martensitic Stainless Steel (MSS) used for its
resistance to sweet acid-gas (CO2) corrosion,
however, these materials are susceptible to
localized H2S attack. For sour-gas corrosion,
higher-chrome alloys, such as the Duplex
Stainless Steels (DSS) of 22%-Cr, 25%-Cr and

95 Go To Table of Contents
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS
28%-Cr, or even pure nickel-chrome alloys, such
as Inconel and Hastelloy^, are used. Although
more resistant to H2S, these higher alloys are
prone to hydrogen embrittlement under certain
conditions. Regardless of the metallurgy, the
higher-strength materials are always more
prone to environmentally induced SCC than
lower-strength materials or equal-strength low-
alloy, carbon steel. SCC is a corrosion phenome-
non related to the metallurgy, internal and
external stresses and the corrosiveness of the
environment in which the metal resides.
Thiocyanate (SCN ) decomposes at high
temperature and forms H2S. Consequently, the
use of a thiocyanate corrosion inhibitor, such as
SAFE-COR HT with 13-Cr or DSS material is used
for tubing is not recommended.
The other important environment identified
as increasing the risk of SCC with CRA materials
is chloride content. Chloride Stress Corrosion
Cracking (CSCC) of high-strength 13-Cr and even
22-Cr DSS has been reported. Whereas, in most
of these reported cases, sulfur or thiocyanate
has also been identified in the packer fluid, the
role of the chloride ion (Cl ) should not be
overlooked. At least in some high-strength
13-Cr cases, chlorides were implicated in CSCC
without evidence of sulfur of any type. For this
reason, M-I SWACO recommends using a chlo-
ride-free packer fluid when it is placed behind
>80 ksi YS 13-Cr steel at temperatures greater
than about 200 F (93 C).

^Mark of Haynes International, Inc.

96 Go To Table of Contents
Fluid Type Density Temperature Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
Water 8.334 lb/gal <350 F Standard/CRA SAFE-COR 55 gal/100 bbl
(998 kg/m3) (<176 C) (13.1 L/m3)
SAFE-SCAV NA 5 gal/500 bbl
(.238 L/m3)
Glute 25 5 gal/500 bbl
(.238 L/m3)
Caustic Soda To pH 9.5
Water 8.334 lb/gal >350 F Standard/CRA Glute 25 5 gal/500 bbl
(>176 C) (.238 L/m3)
Caustic Soda To pH 9.5
Formates All densities <400 F Standard/CRA K carbonate 5 lb/bbl
(<204 C) (14.3 kg/m3)
Continues on next page
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

97 Go To Table of Contents
Continued from previous page
Fluid Type Density Temperature Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
Na-K/Cl-Br All densities <350 F Standard SAFE-COR 55 gal/100 bbl
(<176 C) (13.1 L/m3)
Glute 25 15 lb/100 bbl
(.428 kg/m3)
Caustic Soda To pH 9.5
Na-K/Cl-Br All densities >350 F Standard Contact M-I SWACO Technical Services
(>176)
Continues on next page
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

98 Go To Table of Contents
Continued from previous page
Fluid Type Density Temperature Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
Na-K/Cl-Br All densities <350 F CRA SAFE-COR 55 gal/100 bbl
(<176 C) (13.1 L/m3)
SAFE-SCAV CA 15 lb/100 bbl
(.428 kg/m3)
Glute 25 5 gal/500 bbl
(.238 L/m3)
Caustic Soda To pH 9.5
CaCl2-CaBr2 All densities <350 F Standard SAFE-COR 55 gal/100 bbl
(<176 C) (13.1 L/m3)
SAFE-SCAV CA 15 lb/100 bbl
(.428 kg/m3)
Continues on next page
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

99 Go To Table of Contents
Continued from previous page
Fluid Type Density Temperature Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
CaCl2-CaBr2 All densities >350 F Standard Contact M-I SWACO Technical Services
(>176 C)
CaBr2 All densities <350 F CRA SAFE-COR 55 gal/100 bbl
(<176 C) (13.1 L/m3)
SAFE-SCAV CA 15 lb/100 bbl
(.428 kg/m3)
ZnBr2 All densities <350 F Standard SAFE-COR HT 55 gal/400 bbl
(<176 C) (3.27 L/m3)
SAFE-SCAV CA 15 lb/100 bbl
(.428 kg/m3)
SAFE-SCAV HS 5 gal/100 bbl
(1.19 L/m3)
Continues on next page
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

910 Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Fluid Type Density Temperature Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
ZnBr2 14.5 to 16.5 lb/gal <300 F CRA SAFE-COR 55 gal/100 bbl
(1,737 to (<149 C) (13.1 L/m3)
1,977 kg/m3) SAFE-SCAV CA 15 lb/100 bbl
(.428 kg/m3)
ZnBr2 14.5 to 16.5 lb/gal >300 F CRA Contact M-I SWACO Technical Services
(1,737 to (>149 C)
1,977 kg/m3)
ZnBr2 >16.5 lb/gal >200 F CRA Contact M-I SWACO Technical Services
(>1,977 kg/m3) (>93 C)
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS

911 Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 10
FILTRATION

FILTRATION
10.

Go To Table of Contents
FILTRATION

101 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
Filtration is a process used to remove suspended
materials from liquids. In completion fluids, the
suspended materials can include weighting
agents, drill solids, perforating debris, sand,
scale, rust, etc. These suspended materials, if
left in the liquid, can damage the permeability
of the formation.
By selecting the proper filtration method,
fluids can remain clean and non-damaging
and the process can be accomplished in a
cost-effective manner.
Two types of filtration are used in comple-
tion and workover operations:
1. Depth filtration utilizing a filter press with
recessed chamber plates and DE.
2. Surface filtration-using cartridges.
In most cases the combination of these units
provides the most efficient filtration package.

Equipment Design
Diatomaceous Earth (DE)
Filtration System
A Diatomaceous Earth (DE) filtration system
includes a downstream double-pod cartridge
filtration unit, which acts as a polishing unit
and a guard unit against DE bleed-through.
The plate and frame unit should have O-ring
gasket plates to eliminate leakage while
filtering.
All drain ports in the drip pan beneath the
plates of the filter press should be plugged to
ensure all of the filter cake and fluid trapped
between the plates is collected when the press
is opened. Fluid can then be salvaged.

102 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
Prior to the regeneration process, proper blow-
down with air is required to remove fluid
trapped in the filter cake within the recessed
chambers of the plates and within the mani-
fold system of the press.
All filtration units should have an apron
running the full length of the drip pan area
to above the plates on both sides of the press
to eliminate potential spill while the press
is opened for regeneration of DE. Any fluid
dropped into the drip pan of the press is
pumped (diaphragm) into a MPT tank or other
suitable holding vessel. This tank is checked for
reclaimable fluid, which can be decanted into
another MPT tank or into the rigs active system.
All hoses on the filtration unit should have
ball valves that can be closed or opened during
operation. This allows the operator to close
the valve at the disconnect point, saving fluid
when repositioning equipment, rigging up or
rigging down. The trapped fluid from the hoses
is evacuated back into the pit system, elimi-
nating spillage and offer maximum recovery.
Portable troughs at the disconnect points are
recommended.
Pod Cartridge Filter Unit
Typically, these units are dual pod construc-
tions with interconnecting piping for either
parallel, in-series or bypass configuration. The
vessels or housings hold disposable cartridges.
The number of cartridges per vessel may vary
per manufacturer. This equipment is desirable
on lightweight fluids and small inexpensive
brine cleanups. Also, the lightweight and small

103 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
footprint makes cartridge filtration more favor-
able over larger DE units if the cartridge unit
can maintain the parameters of filtration
(cleanliness, pump rate, density).

Filtration Requirement Summary


Type of Fluid Expected Filtration Package
Comments Solids Loading Required
Fresh seawater Low 2- or 10-micron
Dump on return absolute cartridge
from well filters
Light brine Low 2- and/or
Dump on return 10-micron
from well or pre-filter
filter for reuse, cartridge filter
i.e., NaCl/KCl
Medium-weight Low 2- and/or
brine filter for 10-micron
reuse, i.e., CaCl2 pre-filter
cartridge filter
Medium-weight High Pre-filter
brine filter for 10-micron
reuse, i.e., CaCl2 and/or 2-micron
absolute cartridge
filter or DE
system and 2-
or 10-micron
cartridge filter
Heavy-weight Low/High DE system with
brine filter for 2/10 cartridge
reuse, i.e., NaBr, filters
CaBr2, K formate
Very heavy-weight High DE system with
brine, i.e., ZnBr2 2/10 cartridge
filters

104 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION

MI SWACO Filtration Equipment


and Materials
All filtration presses are manufactured with
backup hydraulic systems. The filter press is
equipped with dual-hydraulic pumps. Filter
plates are gasket sealed. Extra filter clothes are
sent out to assure operations with no downtime.
M-I SWACO maintains 1,600-ft2 (148.6-m2),
1,500-ft2 (139.4-m2), 1,135-ft2 (105.4-m2), 800-ft2
(74.3-m2), and 600-ft2 (55.7-m2) filter presses.
All presses are designed to be stackable. All
M-I SWACO slurry skids are equipped with
dual downstream guard units equipped to
hold five (5) platinum cartridges per pod.
The unique design of platinum cartridges uses
segregated flow channels and flow chambers to
maximize the effective surface area of pleated
filter media within a 6-in. (158.8-mm) OD
cartridge.
One platinum series cartridge filter is
designed to replace up to ten standard 2.5-in.
(63.5-mm) OD standard cartridges of similar
length. Available in a variety of media, this car-
tridge can be constructed with metal end caps
and cores for high-temperature applications.
With maximum recommended flow rates of
100 gal/min (378.5 L/min) this platinum series
filter is the solution to achieving optimum per-
formance while minimizing filtration cost.
M-I SWACO also maintains stand-alone dual
pod units. These units can be loaded with every
size filter available.
The M-I SWACO 65-bbl blending tanks have
two impeller blades to assure proper blending
action. The tanks are equipped with chemical

105 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
hoppers with jetted action. They have 6-in.
(152.4-mm) slope discharges for proper
discharge to connect for tank drainage.
M-I SWACO utilizes turbo shear units to
shear viscous pills and blend chemicals.
Shear pumps are powered with a skid-
mounted diesel engine.
M-I SWACO has 3-bbl wet tanks with air-
powered motors.
M-I SWACO provides DE bulk tanks that hold
one (1) ton of Diatomaceous Earth. The tanks
have safe holding racks mounted on top of the
filtration-slurry skids for safe operations. These
tanks are equipped with air-operated vibrators.
Pallet boxes that hold two pallets can be
loaded from the top and sides. These boxes keep
products and equipment environmentally safe.
M-I SWACO stocks three grades of diatoma-
ceous material: fine grade, medium grade and
coarse grade. DE is available in bulk tanks, 50-lb
(22.7-kg) sacks at 18 sacks per pallet and 25-lb
(11.3-kg) sacks at 40 sacks per pallet.
M-I SWACO equipment has certified slings
and uses shackles for safe transfer of equipment.
Hoses have stainless steel connections with
safely lock ears and are pressure tested and cer-
tified. Hoses are labeled for easy identification.

106 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION

Flow Rates
Filter life is longest at low flow rates. As a guide,
optimum flow rates should not exceed .5 to
.75 GPM (1.9 to 2.8 L/min) per square foot of
filter area. Thirty-inch (762-mm) cartridge filters
should be operated at 1.5 GPM (5.7 L/min) or less
per filter for maximum life and efficiency. Forty-
inch (1,016-mm) pleated surface filter cartridges
can be operated at flow rates from 7 to 20 GPM
(26.5 to 75.7 L/min) based on micron size selected
and filter area. Systems should be sized to handle
maximum flow-rate conditions plus 10%. Filters
should be changed before differential pressure
reaches 40 psi (2.8 bar).

Serial Filtration
Serial filtration will increase the life of the fil-
ters. A 10- or 30-micron absolute prefilter will
extend the life of more expensive 2-micron
absolute final filters. When depth-type cartridges
are used, 25- to 50-micron filters are generally
effective prefilters ahead of 2- to 5-micron
final filters.

107 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
Maximum Flow Rates
Micron Size gal/min bbl/day
16-element 1 96 3,291
filter housing 3 144 4,937
5 240 8,229
10 288 9,874
25 336 11,520
50 384 13,156
20-element 1 120 4,114
filter housing 3 180 6,174
5 300 10,286
10 360 12,343
25 420 14,400
50 480 16,457

DE Filtration Dimensions
and Specifications
Plate and Frame Skid DE Units
1. Unit size: 1,600 ft2 (148.6 m2)
Manufacturer: U.S. Filter^
Size (L x W x H): 288 x 57 x 91
(7,315 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 28,000 lb (12,701 kg)
Filtration surface area: 1,600 ft2 (148.6 m2)

2. Unit size: 1,500 ft2 (139.4 m2)


Manufacturer: U.S. Filter
Size (L x W x H): 276 x 57 x 91
(7,010 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 24,000 lb (10,886 kg)
Filtration surface area: 1,500 ft2 (139.4 m2)

^Mark of U.S. Filter Corporation.

108 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
3. Unit size: 1,135 ft2 (105.4 m2)
Manufacturer: U.S. Filter
Size (L x W x H): 242 x 57 x 91
(6,147 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 22,000 lb (9,979 kg)
Filtration surface area: 1,135 ft2 (105.4 m2)

4. Unit size: 800 ft2 (74.3 m2)


Manufacturer: U.S. Filter
Size (L x W x H): 201 x 57 x 91
(5,105 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 20,000 lb (9,072 kg)
Filtration surface area: 800 ft2 (74.3 m2)

5. Unit size: 600 ft2 (55.7 m2)


Manufacturer: U.S. Filter
Size (L x W x H): 211 x 79 x 100
(5,359 x 2,007 x 2,540 mm)
Weight: 19,000 lb (8,618 kg)
Filtration surface area: 600 ft2 (55.7 m2)

All M-I SWACO DE filtration presses and slurry


skids are stackable. Maximum filtration rates
are 12 to 14 bbl/min. This is clean fluid with
little or no solids. Average filtration rate is
10 bbl/min. This takes into account solids and
density. Things that effect filtration rates are:
Density, viscosity, and solids content of the
fluid. Mechanically, filtration rates decrease as
the length of the pump suction increases.

Slurry Skids
1. 1,600-, 1,500- and 1,135-ft2
(148.6-, 139.4- and 105.4-m2) units
The slurry skids are 155 x 96 x 101 in.
(3,937 x 2,438 x 2,565 mm)

109 Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
The weight of the slurry skid is 12,000 lb
(5,443 kg)
The slurry skids are equipped with a
cartridge dual pot containing 5 platinum
cartridges
Each cartridge pod contains 5 cartridges
Each platinum cartridge is 40 in.
(1,016 mm) long
It takes approximately 10 min to change a
set of platinum cartridges
The slurry skid may be stacked on top of the
filter press
Each slurry skid is equipped with a ladder
and a yo-yo device for fall protection

2. 800-ft2 (74.3-m2) units


The slurry skids are 120 x 66 x 89 in.
(3,048 x 1,676 x 2,261 mm)
The weight of the slurry skid is 8,000 lb
(3,629 kg)
The cartridge dual pods are separate for the
slurry skid
Each cartridge pod contains 19 cartridges
and is 29.5 in. (749.3 mm) in length
It takes approximately 15 min to change a
set of cartridges
Each cartridge weighs 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
The slurry skid may be stacked on top of the
filter press
Each slurry skid is equipped with a ladder
and a yo-yo device for fall protection

3. 600-ft2 (55.7-m2) units


The filter press and slurry skid are built
into one skid
The total weight 19,000 lb (8,618 kg)

1010Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
The dimensions are 211 x 79 x 100 in.
(5,359 x 2,007 x 2,540 mm)
Each cartridge pod contains 19 cartridges
and is 29.5 in. (749.3 mm) in length
It takes approximately 15 min to change a
set of cartridges
Each cartridge weighs 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)

Pump Skids
1. Pump skid for all units:
Engine type: Detroit 353/371-in.3 100hp
Pump manufacturer: Gorman-Rupp^UBB60-B
Pump size: 4 x 4 in. (101.6 x 101.6 mm)
self-priming centrifugal
Output: 14.5 bbl/min at 75 psi (5.2 bar)
Skid size (L x W x H): 10 ft 6 in. x 3 ft x 5 ft 5 in.
(3m 152.4 mm x 0.91 m x
1.5 m 127 mm)
Weight: 6,000 lb (2,722 kg)

Miscellaneous Equipment and Safety


DE Bulk Tanks
Tank size (L x W x H): 48 in. x 60 ft x 90 in.
(1,219 mm x 18.3 m x
2,286 mm)
DE bulk tanks hold 1,500 lb (680 kg) of
DE Material
DE bulk tanks weigh 850 lb (386 kg) empty
Operational Applications
DE averages 1 lb/ft2 (4.88 kg/m2)
Filtration cycles average 1 bbl/ft2 (1.71 kg/m2).
This also depends on solids content.

^Mark of Gorman-Rupp Company.

1011Go To Table of Contents


FILTRATION
Chemical Injection Pump
Type: Air
Size: 2 in. (50.8 mm)
Manufacturer: Versa-Matic^
(anti-freeze device)
Hose Basket
Size (L x W x H): 22 x 4 x 3 (6.7 x 1.2 x 0.9 m)
Weight: 4,500 lb (2,041 kg)
Feet of hoses: 120 ft of 4-in.
(36.6 m of 101.6-mm)
suction hose and
240 ft of 3-in.
(73.2 m of 76.2-mm)
discharge hose
Other hoses: 40 ft of 2-in.
(12.2 m of 50.8-mm) hose and
300 ft of 1-in.
(91.4 m of 25.4)-mm) hose
Waste Pump
Type: Air
Size: 3 in. (76.2 mm)
Manufacturer: Versa-Matic
(anti-freeze device)
Safety Considerations
Ladders are provided with our units
Yo-yo fall protection devices are included
Hand rails are provided with slurry skids

DE bulk tanks reduce risk of back injuries.

For safe working and operating conditions,


M-I SWACO requires 3 ft (0.9 m) of clearance
around its equipment.

^Mark of Versa-Matic Pump Company.

1012Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 11
SPEEDWELL TOOLS

SPEEDWELL TOOLS
11.

Go To Table of Contents
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
To create synergy between chemicals and tools
when cleaning a marine riser and wellbore
M-I SWACO has integrated the SPEEDWELL
cleanup tool product line into its total wellbore
cleanup package. Following are descriptions
and specifications of the primary tools and
support programs in the SPEEDWELL portfolio.
OPTISPEED* tool utilization program An
Excel^ spreadsheet with four variables: (1) aver-
age spread cost per day, (2) short-trip rate in feet
or meters per hour, (3) tool cost and (4) tool
makeup and breakout time. If the operator is
going to short trip the scraper brush tools in the
wellbore, the OPTISPEED tool utilization program
will calculate not only the cost of each incremen-
tal scraper brush tool in each casing section, but
approximate placement of the tools as well.
SPEEDDRAW* tool draw program For gener-
ating a well diagram that shows the recom-
mended cleanup tools and the recommended
tool placement based on the output data from
the OPTISPEED tool utilization program.
Short tripping tools Used to pull out of the
hole with the workstring far enough to brush
and scrape the areas in the casing or liner
beyond the reach of the previous scraper brush
tool. Afterwards, run back to the bottom of
the hole to ensure the removal of any debris
adhered to the inside of the pipe.
Scraper A tool that scrapes the inside of the
casing or liner(s) to remove cement sheath,
scale and other debris.

^Mark of Microsoft Corporation.

111 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Brush A tool that brushes and disturbs mud
solids and other debris adhered to the inside of
the casing or liner(s).
SPEEDWELL PUP* tool A proprietary modular
casing cleaning tool that includes a tool joint
at the top for ease of handling and safety. The
PUP tool can be assembled with four carriers
for brushes, scrapers or magnets.
SPEEDWELL SHORTY* tool A cost-effective,
proprietary modular casing cleaning tool. As
opposed to the four carriers of the PUP Tool,
the SHORTY tool has two or three carriers.
Downhole debris filtration tool A tool
designed to filter debris and particulate from
the fluid toward the bottom of the wellbore.
Boot Basket Another term for a junk basket
and is used to catch debris that is dislodged
from the wellbore, BOP stack and/or riser.
Jetting Tool Used to dislodge debris by jet-
ting or water blasting the inside of the BOP
stack and/or riser.
Riser Brush A specially designed tool to
brush the inside of marine risers.
Magnets Used to remove ferrous debris from
the wellbore.
Chemical cleaning The use of chemicals
to clean the inside of casings, liners and
marine risers.
Mechanical cleaning The use of cleanup
tools to clean the inside of casings, liners and
marine risers.
Total riser/wellbore cleanup Using chemical
and cleanup tools together with optimized
hydraulics to clean the inside of casings, liners

112 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
and marine risers. Properly combining chemical
and mechanical cleaning is the most effective
and efficient type of cleanup, as it delivers an
optimum, total cleanup package.
The modular SPEEDWELL PUP System
The modular tool design eliminates the need
for a pup joint rental while providing brush
and scraper carriers, as well as additional items,
all on one tool.

One-piece mandrel is constructed of high-yield


steel, is designed for drilling cement and has no
external fasteners.

Larger-bore mandrels allow the fluid to do its


work, promoting better circulation and reverse
circulation for solids removal.
One tool carries everything: scrapers, brushes,
magnets, gauge rings and handling features in
addition to providing excellent annular bypass
so solids can exit the cased hole.

Double-crimped, stainless steel


brushes stand up to harsh operat-
ing conditions and do not rotate.
They outperform carbon steel,
straight-wire brushes that become
brittle and break from chemical
exposure and movement. Wear
values have been established to
ensure continuous brush contact
throughout the run.

113 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Centralizers rotate independently
of the workstring to reduce wear
on casing and liner. SPEEDWELL can
eliminate the need for a gauge ring
by placing a centralizer at drift on
your PUP tool.

Non-rotating magnets can be run


on the same mandrel with scraper
and brush carriers, eliminating the
need for additional tools on your
next project.

Junk basket carriers can be placed


on the PUP mandrel, just like
brushes, scrapers and magnets.
The baskets have an unrestricted,
360 opening at the top.

Two styles of non-rotating


scraper blades: Knurled-face-style
for aggressive cleaning and
smooth-face-style for special
requests. Wear values have been
established to ensure continu-
ous blade contact throughout
the run.

SPEEDWELL modular tool design


allows you to run the tool with a
regular box down to eliminate a
bit sub. We can also furnish bit or
mill, already made up on the tool.

114 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL PUP Tool
The modular, all-in-one cleanup
tool designed specifically for your
application.
Tool Features
PUP tools can be delivered in a
variety of combinations. The man-
drel pin and sub box are designed
with a proprietary connection to
reduce risk of mechanical failure.
Tool Benefits
Custom helix-design scraper
blades with aggressive, knurled
surfaces scrape up and down,
making short trips more effective
Double-crimped, stainless steel
brushes do not rotate and stand
up to harsh operating conditions.
They outperform carbon steel,
straight-wire brushes that
become brittle and break from
chemical exposure and pro-
longed movement.
Powerful, non-rotating magnets
can be run on the same mandrel with scraper
and brush carriers, eliminating the need for
additional tools
Junk basket carriers can also be mounted
on the PUP mandrel, similar to the brushes,
scrapers and magnets. These baskets have an
unrestricted, 360 opening at the top for easy
debris collection.
Centralizers rotate independently of the work-
string to reduce wear on casing and liner.
SPEEDWELL can eliminate the need for a gauge

115 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
ring by placing a centralizer at drift on the
PUP tool.
The tool design incorporates an integral pup
joint to facilitate tool pickup with standard
drill pipe elevators and slips: no drill collar-
type clamp required
Non-rotating, self-cleaning, spiral brush and
scraper arrangement allows unrestricted
annular flow for better solids/debris removal
Interchangeable bottom sub eliminates the
need for crossovers and bit subs
The large ID enhances reverse circulation
for faster cleanups
The robust, non-rotating design allows the
tool to be used while drilling cement

The SPEEDWELL THISTLE*


Cementing Brush Plug
An alternative for wellbore clean-outs.
Cleans full strings of pro-
duction casing or tiebacks
to the surface
Spiral pattern of brushes
provides optimum brush-
ing efficiency as plug is
pumped down the casing
Works with seawater
or completion-fluid
displacement
Elastomer body is easily drilled by any
type of bit
Combination brush/plug is loaded and
launched from double plug containers
Can be run with conventional bottom plug(s)
Available for several sizes of production casing

116 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL SHORTY Tool
The versatile, all-in-one cleanup tool
for your wellbore when economy is
paramount.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL modular design
allows the completion engineer to
configure a tool design for specific
applications or requirements.
SHORTY tools can be configured in
a variety of combinations.
Tool Benefits
The modular design allows one tool to carry
scrapers, brushes, magnets, junk baskets,
centralizers and/or gauge rings
Custom helix-design, bi-directional scraper
blades with aggressive, knurled surfaces,
scrapes up and down, making short trips
more effective. Wear values have been estab-
lished to ensure continuous contact through-
out the run.
Double-crimped, stainless steel brushes do not
rotate and stand up to harsh operating condi-
tions. They outperform carbon steel, straight-
wire brushes that become brittle and break
from chemical exposure and movement. Wear
values have been established to ensure contin-
uous brush contact throughout the run.
Powerful, non-rotating magnets can be run
on the same mandrel with scraper and brush
carriers, eliminating the need for additional
tools and reducing risk
Junk basket carriers can be mounted on
the mandrel, just like brushes, scrapers and
magnets. The baskets have an unrestricted

117 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
360 opening at the top for easy debris
collection.
Centralizers rotate independently of the
workstring to reduce wear on casing and liner.
SPEEDWELL can eliminate the need for a gauge
ring run by placing a centralizer at drift on
the tool.
No external fasteners, no risk of having a com-
ponent being dislodged into the wellbore
Non-rotating, self-cleaning spiral brush and
scraper arrangement allows unrestricted
annular flow for better solids/debris removal
Interchangeable bottom sub eliminates the
need for crossover and bit subs, eliminating
the risk of having a component being dis-
lodged into the wellbore
The large ID enhances reverse circulation for
faster cleanups
The robust, non-rotating design allows the
tool to be used while drilling cement

118 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL Liner
Top Test Packer (LTTP)
Performs a positive or negative
test on the liner.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Liner Top Test Packer
(LTTP) is designed to perform a neg-
ative test on the liner top to ensure
liner top integrity before changing
fluids. The LTTP is designed to pre-
vent premature setting while run-
ning in the hole and also allows a
full complement of wellbore cleanup
tools to be run above and below. Running the
tool while drilling the Plug Back Total Depth
(PBTD) and testing the liner top reduces trip
time and operating cost.
Tool Use
Choose the desired set-down weight by altering
the number of shear pins used in the tool. The
Liner Top Test Packer provides a generous
bypass area to permit acceptable trip times.
SPEEDWELL recommends the use of a SHORTY
Scraper-Magnet tool just below the LTTP to
ensure a clean sealing area. A go/no-go gauge
ring can be provided to dress off the liner top.
Once the test area is clean, set down on the
LTTP and shear the pins, closing the bypass
area and sealing off the packer. After the test,
a simple straight pickup is required to unseat
the packer and re-open the bypass area.
Tool Benefits
Large internal bypass area permits faster trip
speeds and eliminates swabbing caused by
element expansion

119 Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
LTTP is an integral component of one-trip
displacement system
Easy handling around the rig floor
Easy activation is achieved by set-down weight
Easy deactivation is achieved by straight pickup
Tool design will allow reverse circulation
Robust design allows tool to be used while
drilling cement

The SPEEDWELL Multi-Action


Circulating Valve (MACV)
For bypassing fluid and
increasing annular velocity.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Multi-Action
Circulating Valve (MACV) allows
communication of fluid from
the workstring to the casing annu-
lus when increased AVs are neces-
sary to enhance wellbore cleaning.
The upper string can be rotated
while the lower string remains
stationary. The operator can main-
tain more efficient AVs by diverting flow
above the tool.
Tool Use
Choose the desired shear pin rating. Install the
MACV to allow circulation above the liner top
or mud motor. Set down on the liner hanger to
shear the pins, and pick up to open the circulat-
ing valve. No torque will be transmitted below
the valve.

1110Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Tool Benefits
No trip speed limitation
Large bypass area increases displacement
efficiency
Shear weight variable setting
Unlimited cycles
Rotation isolation
Circulation bypass valve above mud motor
Increase annular velocity in casing
Robust design allows tool to be used while
drilling cement

The SPEEDWELL PUP


Finger Basket
Cost-effective, easy-to-use, mechanical
wellbore debris-removal tool.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Finger Basket is
designed to withstand pipe rotation
and reciprocation without hampering
operations. The PUP Finger Baskets
design traps the larger debris gener-
ated when drilling/milling various
types of plugs and other downhole
equipment. The debris is captured by
two events: activation of the fingers
while pulling out of the hole, and dur-
ing conventional circulating up the
annulus. The generous basket annulus
does not impede the fluids ability to
remove debris from the well.

1111Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Tool Use
Install the SPEEDWELL PUP
Finger Basket in the work-
string to capture and remove
large debris generated during
drilling of plugs and retain-
ers, jetting operations, chemi-
cal displacements and
cleanups. The PUP Finger
Basket complements the
SPEEDWELL PUP Scraper/
Brush/Magnet tool, the
SPEEDWELL PUP Quick-Trip
Jetting Tool and the
SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush.
Tool Benefits
The tools design incorpo-
rates an integral pup joint
to facilitate tool pickup with
standard drill pipe elevators
and slips: no drill collar-type
clamp required
Large entry and capacity
allow for effective
debris collection
Allows solids to be
circulated out of the
wellbore
When pulling out of the
hole, the tool captures larger
problematic debris that could not be circulated
out of the hole
The large ID enhances reverse circulation,
complementing faster cleanup
The robust, non-rotating design allows the
tool to be used while drilling cement

1112Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL Quick-Trip
Jetting Tool
Removes debris from the BOP,
casing and wellhead.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Quick-Trip Jetting
Tool is a mechanical device that
enhances the cleaning efficiency
of the other cleanup tool assemblies
by providing jetting action in the
BOP stack, marine riser and/or the
casing/wellhead area. Versatile
design complements any drilling
or completion operation.
Tool Use
Place the SPEEDWELL Quick-Trip
Jetting Tool in areas where debris is not easily
accessible to scrapers, brushes or magnets, and
where no metal-to-metal contact is desirable.
The Quick-Trip Jetting Tool should be used in
conjunction with the SPEEDWELL Quick-Trip
Boot Basket or the SPEEDWELL Finger Basket
to assist in the removal of contaminants by
preventing debris from re-entering the
clean wellbore.
The SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush complements
the jetting tool by allowing the fluid and debris
to circulate freely through the tool and out of
the marine riser.

1113Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Tool Benefits
The tool design incorpo-
rates an integral pup joint
to facilitate tool pickup
with standard drill pipe
elevators and slips: no drill
collar-type clamp required
Simple design makes the tool easy and safe
to handle for the rig crew
Spiral jet design ensures maximum effective
coverage
Available in 7- through 14-in. (177.8- through
355.6-mm) OD to maximize jetting velocities
No darts or balls required to activate or
deactivate the tool
The robust, non-rotating design allows the
tool to be used while drilling cement

1114Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL PUP
Riser Brush
The robust design keeps
your completion free of
solids and debris.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL PUP Riser
Brush utilizes three
stainless steel non-
rotating brush rings to
remove debris from the
marine riser or inner
production riser ID.
The design of the tool
provides a flow path
through the brush-
ring carrier, with the
majority of the flow
passing through 62 in.2
(40,000 mm2) of flow
area in the brush carrier,
minimizing pressure drops above and
below the tool.
Tool Use
The SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush can be run as a
stand-alone tool, and it is typically run in con-
junction with the SPEEDWELL PUP Quick-Trip
Boot Basket or SPEEDWELL PUP Finger Basket
to protect the well from debris re-entering
the well while jetting the BOP. The large flow-
through area of the tool provides several advan-
tages. It will not impede the fluids ability to lift
debris out of the well while jetting the subsea
stack BOP, it will reduce the effects of surge or
swab while tripping, and it eliminates the need

1115Go To Table of Contents


SPEEDWELL TOOLS
for a junk basket above the tool. The workstring
can be rotated and reciprocated with the
SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush in the string. The
non-rotating brush carriers reduce the risk of
damaging the riser.
Tool Benefits
Easier, safer handling with the integral pup
joint to facilitate tool pickup with standard
drill pipe elevators and slips: no drill collar-
type clamp required
Aggressive, non-rotating stainless steel
brushes (synthetic brushes available)
Debris can be effectively circulated through
and around the housing
The large mandrel ID enhances reverse
circulation
Available in 1338- through 24-in. (339.7-
through 609.6-mm) OD
Large flow-through area reduces the prob-
ability of fluid compression while tripping
in the hole or pulling out of the hole
The robust, non-rotating design allows the
tool to be used while drilling cement

1116Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 12
INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS

12. INTERVENTION
FLUID SYSTEMS

Go To Table of Contents
INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS

FLODENSE AP
Description
Owing to its submicron-sized particles, the
unique WARP* FLODENSE* AP system allows for
flow through the annulus with minimum dis-
persion and exhibits reduced sag and settle-
ment. FLODENSE AP particles have a settling rate
10,000 times less than barite. The fluid can be
formulated for different applications with aver-
age densities between 17.5 lb/gal (2.1 SG) up to
20.5 lb/gal (2.46 SG).
FLODENSE AP also can be used as a viscous,
lubricious and solids-free fluid that is engi-
neered to fall through the annulus with
minimal dispersion.
Applications
FLODENSE AP fluids are ideal for operations
requiring a fluid to pass through very narrow
apertures with minimum dispersion and are
beneficial in combating uncontrolled release
of pressure from a sealed casing string.
Features
Engineered with either micron-sized particles
or solids-free
Fluid passes in snakelike fashion through
very narrow apertures
Can be formulated with densities up to
20.5 lb/gal (2.46 SG)
Can be used as a viscous, lubricious and
solids-free fluid system
Flexible system
Benefits
Reduces or controls annular pressures
Provides hydrostatic control

121 Go To Table of Contents


INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS
Produces minimum dispersion when falling
through the annulus
Can be used in very narrow apertures when
engineered with micron-sized particles
Reduces sag and settlement compared to
competing systems
Addresses the critical safety, environmental
and economic consequences of Sustained
Casing Pressure (SCP)

FLOPRO CT
Description
FLOPRO CT is a specialized intervention-fluid
system featuring hydraulically optimized rheol-
ogy, lubrication and density. With its relatively
flexible formulation FLOPRO CT can be built with
a wide variety of base fluids, including fresh-
water, seawater, potassium chloride, sodium
chloride, calcium chloride, sodium bromide,
sodium formate, potassium formate and
cesium formate. FLO-VIS L, a premium-grade
clarified xanthan gum, is responsible for the
elevated Low-Shear-Rate-Viscosity (LSRV) of the
system. This high-yielding biopolymer is also dis-
persible and imparts the LSRV without adversely
affecting the overall gross viscosity of the system.
Applications
FLOPRO CT is ideal for a wide range of coiled-
tubing applications, including deeper wells
with higher angles and working in corkscrewed
tubing. The solids-free FLOPRO CT system is ideal
for removing debris from the wellbore and
clearing the way for the insertion of production
tools. With FLOPRO CT, the hole typically can be
cleaned thoroughly in one trip.

122 Go To Table of Contents


INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS
Features
Shear thinning rheological profile
with high LSRV
Low coefficient of friction
Zero or minimal solids
Inhibitive fluid
Provides drag reduction
Wide density range
Benefits
Reduces mechanical friction and coil wear
Promotes hole cleaning and solids suspension
Minimizes pressure loss and coil wear
Minimal reservoir damage
Enables entering higher-angle deeper wells
not previously attainable
Simplified cleanup

SAFETHERM
Description
The SAFETHERM* insulating packer fluid is
custom-designed and blended for a wide range
of cold-temperature production applications. An
aqueous, water-miscible, or oil-soluble fluid is
designed to minimize the conduction of heat
away from the production string, while sup-
pressing convective heat loss in the annulus. This
uniquely engineered packer fluid dramatically
reduces the risks associated with the formation
of hydrates, paraffin, asphaltene and the myriad
of other problems that can jeopardize production
in these environments. The fluids are formulated
from an inherently low-thermal-conductivity
base fluid and contain no suspended solids.
SAFETHERM fluids can be formulated for densities

123 Go To Table of Contents


INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS
ranging from 8.33 to 12.5 lb/gal (1 to 1.5 SG) and
is inhibitive to corrosion.
SAFETHERM is hydraulically optimized to
yield low plastic viscosity with elevated LSRV
and yield stress. Its flat rheological profile is
what enables it to remain thermally stable
from 125 to 175 F (52 to 79 C) over extended
periods and is inhibitive to corrosion. This
hydraulically efficient fluid can be mixed and
pumped on the rig, eliminating the expense
associated with an adjoining pumping boat.
It can be pumped at high rates through small
tubing and orifice valves. In addition, the
components of SAFETHERM were particularly
selected to have minimal environmental
impact, thereby mitigating the effects of spills
or other unforeseen events.
The proprietary TPRO ST* computer model
complements SAFETHERM and the M-I SWACO
in-house thermal conductivity testing appa-
ratus. The unique computer model is capable
of simulating Newtonian and non-Newtonian
fluid behavior in an annulus to calculate temper-
ature regression during production and shut-in.
Applications
SAFETHERM is specially engineered for deep-
water, permafrost and other cold-temperature
environments. As an insulating annular fluid,
SAFETHERM is compatible with a wide range
of fluids, elastomers and other components.
Features
Minimizes heat conduction, convective
heat loss
Easily mixed and pumped on the rig
Environmentally acceptable components

124 Go To Table of Contents


INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS
Utilizes proprietary heat-transfer
computer model
Thermally stable
pH buffered and corrosion inhibitive
Benefits
Prevents production-line blockage,
casing-string collapse
Compatible with wide range of elastomers
and fluids
Production compatible with available surface
processing equipment
Calculates heat regression during production
and shut-in
Helps maximize production
Reduces costs

125 Go To Table of Contents


DRILL-IN FLUIDS
13. RESERVOIR
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 13
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

Go To Table of Contents
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
The decision on how to drill the reservoir is criti-
cal to the success of the completion. In fact, the
type of Reservoir Drill-In Fluid (RDF) chosen can
drive the entire completion decision process.
M-I SWACO offers five primary RDF systems:
DIPRO*, FLOPRO* NT, FAZEPRO*, VERSAPRO*, and
NOVAPRO*. To aid in the selection of a system for
a particular application, M-I SWACO employs
the proprietary RDFx* computer software. A
sample screen display is shown below.

131 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

M-I SWACO RDF SYSTEMS


DIPRO
DIPRO is a high-density water-base Reservoir
Drill-In Fluid (RDF) system, designed for use
in divalent brines. DIPRO utilizes a synergistic
interaction of components to produce excellent
suspension characteristics while maintaining
extremely low, high-shear-rate viscosities.
Optimized bridging particle selection and
biopolymer-free formulations provide a remov-
able, ultra-low permeability filter cake. An ideal
candidate for production-zone drilling in
highly deviated and horizontal wells, DIPRO
typically is easy to mix at the rigsite or mud
plant without specialized shearing equipment.
A temperature of 105 F (41 C) is the minimum
temperature required starting a mix. DIPRO
can be used in high-density divalent brines, i.e.,
CaBr2, CaCl2, ZnBr2/CaBr2, MgCl2, MgBr2, and
where bottomhole pressures require 11.5 to
17.5 lb/gal (1.38 to 2.1 SG) densities.
Features
Stable rheologies
Formulated from multi-functional
synergistic components
Can be formulated from more economic
mixed-salt base brines
Consistently low fluid loss
No pre-hydration of polymer required
Extremely low, high-shear-rate viscosities
Benefits
Non-damaging reservoir drill-in fluid
capability in >13.5 lb/gal (1.62 SG) range
Excellent drilling properties
Minimized formation damage potential

132 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
Reduced Equivalent Circulating Densities (ECD)
Designed for maximum compatibility with
completion method
Enhanced filter-cake removal
Precisely controlled particle size

Typical Formulation
Product Concentration
Divalent base brine ~ 0.96 bbl
DI-TROL* 6.0 10.0 lb/bbl
DI-BALANCE* 0.50 2.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB* 2 3.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB* 10, 20,
40 and/or 250 22.0 35.0 lb/bbl

133 Go To Table of Contents


Product Functions and Descriptions
Product Functions Description
CaCl2, CaBr2, CaCl2/CaBr2
CaBr2/ZnBr2 CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 Density and shale inhibition Base brine
DI-TROL Fluid-loss control, viscosity Starch derivative
DI-BALANCE pH control, viscosity Inorganic compound
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 and/or 250 Pore-throat bridging Optimally sized calcium carbonate
DI-BOOST* (optional) Viscosity stabilization Glycol blend
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

134 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
DI-TROL and DI-BALANCE components work
together to build Low-Shear-Rate Viscosity (LSRV)
without producing high ECDs.
DI-TROL is a unique dual-function viscosifier
and filtrate reducer for the DIPRO system. It is
a specially processed, high-molecular-weight,
branched-chain starch derivate, that generates
elevated LSRV and functions as a fluid-loss-
control agent in divalent salt brines. It works
in conjunction with calcium carbonate to form
the basis of the filter cake.
DI-BALANCE is a fine-particle-size, highly
reactive inorganic magnesium compound that
interacts in a synergistic manner with DI-TROL
to enhance the LSRV.
DI-BOOST additive is water-miscible glycol
ether that enhances the initial rheological
properties of the DI-PRO system.

Typical DIPRO Properties


Fluid density, lb/gal 11.6 17
Plastic viscosity, cP 15 35
Yield point, lb/100 ft2 15 35
3 rpm 27
LSRV 0.0636 sec 1, cps 10,000 40,000
HTHP, mL/60 min @
150 F (66 C) <5

135 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FAZEPRO
FAZEPRO* is unique, in that it is the industrys
only invert-emulsion fluid that can be converted
from an oil-wet state to a water-wet state
through a simple reduction in pH. By simply
adjusting the pH of either the breaker solution
or the completion brine, the wettability of the
filter cake is transformed from an oil-wet state
to water wet. FAZEPRO can use any type of base
oil (diesel, mineral oil and synthetic) normally
used in invert-emulsion RDF systems.
Features
Oil-base mud drilling performance
Cleans up like water-base mud
Versatility in selection of base fluid
Benefits
Exhibits invert-emulsion fluids drilling
performance
Can be built using diesel, mineral oil or
synthetic-base fluid
Easily converted from an oil-continuous phase
(oil-wet) to a water-continuous phase (water-
wet) by using acid to reduce the pH to below 7
Deposited filter cake can be removed using
typical oilfield acids, i.e., citric, acetic, HCl, etc.
Compatible with gravel-packing operations
where a breaker can be placed in the gravel-
pack carrier fluid
FAZEPRO is a reversible, invert-emulsion sys-
tem. The residual filter cake is reversed from an
oil-wet state to a water-wet state by creating a
low-pH (<6) environment in the wellbore. This
can be done with acids or chelants. In addition,
the internal phase can be made with different
brines to provide the required density with
minimal solids.

136 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
Typical Formulation
Product Concentration
Base fluid (diesel synthetic,
mineral oil, olefin,
paraffin) 0.517 bbl
CaCl2, CaBr2, NaCl, NaBr 0.368 bbl
VG-69*, VG-PLUS* 1.0 5.0 lb/bbl
FAZE-MUL* 8.0 12.0 lb/bbl
FAZE-WET* 1.0 4.0 lb/bbl
Lime 5.0 9.0 lb/bbl
ECOTROL* for high HT
applications 0.5 1.5 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 60.0 lb/bbl

Product Functions
Product Functions
Base fluid (synthetic, Provides continuous phase
mineral oil, olefin, paraffin) for system
CaCl2, CaBr2, NaCl, NaBr Internal phase inhibition
VG-69, VG-PLUS Viscosity
FAZE-MUL Primary emulsifier
FAZE-WET Wetting agent/HTHP
fluid-loss-control agent
Lime Alkalinity
ECOTROL Fluid-loss control
for temperature
>250 F (125 C)
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 Acid-soluble
and/or 250 bridging material

137 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FAZE-MUL is the primary emulsifier and wet-
ting agent for the FAZEPRO system. It has the
unique ability to reverse to an oil/synthetic
in-water emulsion. For the best possible com-
pletion cleanup lower the pH to below 6.0.
FAZE-WET surfactant is the secondary wet-
ting agent and it increases the preferential wet-
ting of solids by the continuous, non-aqueous
phase. It also provides stable HTHP filtration-
control characteristics and increases the fluids
resistance to contamination.

Typical FAZEPRO Properties


Fluid density, lb/gal 9.0 12.0
Plastic viscosity, cP 25 35
Yield point, lb/100 ft 220 25
3 rpm 57
Pom Alkalinity of
whole mud (mL) <3.0
Electrical stability (volts) 500 800
HTHP, mL/30 min @
200 F (95 C) <5.0
Oil/brine ratio 80/20 60/40

138 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FLOPRO NT
FLOPRO* NT is used primarily for open-hole com-
pletions including sand control and non-sand
control requirements. The main focus is to min-
imize formation damage, completion compati-
bility and cleanup. FLOPRO NT is purpose-built
for each specific application.
Features
Non-damaging
Low lift-off
High return permeability
Ultra-Low permeability filter cake
Customized formulations
Precisely controlled particle-size distribution
of bridging agent
Extremely low coefficient of friction
Promotes low skin values
Rheologically engineered
High LSRV
Environmentally acceptable
Benefits
Maximizes production
Reduces remediation costs
Higher production rates sooner
Minimal lift-off required, faster cleanup
Minimizes solids and fluid invasion of the
producing formation
Reduces pump pressures
Maximizes ROP, saves drilling time
Excellent hole-cleaning profile
Reduces cleanup and disposal costs
Works with any completion assembly

139 Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FLOPRO NT is the premier M-I SWACO water-
base Reservoir Drill-In Fluid (RDF) system. It
is a comprehensive system that begins to
demonstrate its benefits while drilling the
productive interval. These benefits continue
throughout the process of putting the well
on production.
The system is used primarily for open-hole
completions including sand control and non-
sand control requirements. The main focus is
to minimize formation damage, completion
compatibility, maximum drillability and
cleanup. The differences between this system
and other water-base RDF systems include:
product positioning, the utilization of New
Technologies and component flexibility.
FLOPRO NT is purpose-built for each specific
drilling and completion application.

Typical Formulation
Product Concentration
Base fluid (brine)
halide or formates 0.96 bbl
FLO-VIS* PLUS, FLO-VIS NT 0.75 2.0 lb/bbl
DUAL-FLO*, FLO-TROL* 4.0 8.0 lb/bbl
Greencide 25G 0.5 1.0 gal/100 bbl
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH 0.5 1.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 25.0 30.0 lb/bbl
KLA-GARD*, KLA-STOP* 4.0 8.0 lb/bbl

1310Go To Table of Contents


Product Functions and Descriptions
Product Functions Description
Base fluid (brine) Density and shale inhibition Base brine
FLO-VIS PLUS, FLO-VIS NT Viscosity properties, especially LSRV Premium grade xanthan gum
DUAL-FLO, FLO-TROL Fluid-loss control Modified starch
Greencide 25G Bactericide Glutaraldehyde
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH pH Alkalinity
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 and/or 250 Bridging agent, fluid-loss Optimally sized calcium carbonate
control, density
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

KLA-GARD, KLA-STOP Shale inhibitor Amine type of shale inhibitors

1311Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FLO-VIS PLUS is a high yield, premium-grade,
clarified xanthan gum. It is both clarified and
dispersible. It produces elevated LSRV and fragile
gel strengths.
FLO-VIS NT is a high-yielding, xanthan gum
biopolymer. It is non-clarified and non dis-
persible. It imparts elevated LSRV while not hav-
ing an adverse effect on the overall apparent
viscosity.
DUAL-FLO and FLO-TROL are both special
starch derivates used primarily for filtration
control. They are both non-ionic and act syner-
gistically with FLO-VIS PLUS and FLO-VIS NT to
enhance the LSRV.
KLA-GARD or KLA-STOP reduces the swelling
of sensitive shale.

Typical FLOPRO NT Properties


Fluid density, lb/gal 8.8 18.0
Plastic viscosity, cP 12 20
Yield point, lb/100 ft2 20 35
3 rpm 10 15
pH 8.5 10.0
LSRV 0.0636 sec 1, cps 40,000 60,000
HTHP, mL/30 min
@ 150 F (66 C) <5.0

1312Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
VERSAPRO, NOVAPRO and PARAPRO
NOVAPRO (synthetic), VERSAPRO (diesel or mineral
oil) and PARAPRO (paraffin) Reservoir Drill-In
Fluid (RDF) systems are non-damaging, invert-
emulsion fluids used for drilling developmen-
tal wells designed for both cased and open
hole completions. These RDFs are designed
to minimize formation damage problems
such as oil wetting, emulsion blocking, and
solids plugging, yet retain OBM/SBM advan-
tages such as rate of penetration, lubricity
and wellbore stability.
Due to the higher priority of minimizing for-
mation damage and compatibility with com-
pletion assemblies, these fluids are different
from typical invert-emulsion fluids in their
design and application. The emulsifier/wetting
agent package, the type and size of bridging
material indeed, all materials required for
the job are reviewed for the best combina-
tion of drilling and completion characteristics.
The NOVAPRO/VERSAPRO/PARAPRO family of flu-
ids is versatile, providing tremendous flexibility
for numerous applications.
VERSAPRO
The invert-emulsion-base VERSAPRO* reservoir
drill-in fluid system features low fluid loss,
high ROP and excellent wellbore stability. The
VERSAPRO system is designed to minimize for-
mation damage by forming a thin, durable,
Ultra-Low-permeability filter cake on the face of
the formation, thereby minimizing fluid and
solids invasion into the formation. Products are
carefully selected for compatibility with the
reservoir and completion method to maximize

1313Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
productivity. VERSAPRO can be used with either
diesel, or mineral oil as a base fluid.
Features
Can be built using diesel, or mineral
oil-base fluid
Exhibits all the drilling advantages of
conventional invert-emulsion fluids
Designed to be compatible with completion
method
Benefits
Minimizes formation damage
Reduces fluid and solids invasion
Maximizes productivity

Typical Formulation
Component Concentration
Base oil 50 70% vol
Brine internal phase 30 50% vol
VG-PLUS 0.5 2.0 lb/bbl
VERSAPRO P/S, VERSACOAT*,
VERSAWET* 4.0 6.0 lb/bbl
ECOTROL 1.0 2.5 lb/bbl
Lime 2.0 6.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 10.0 30.0 lb/bbl

1314Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
Product Functions
Product Function
Base oil Continuous
Brine Internal phase
VG-PLUS Viscosifier
VERSAPRO P/S, VERSACOAT, Primary emulsifier
VERSAWET
ECOTROL Supplemental
fluid-loss control
Lime Alkalinity
SAFE-CARB 2,10,20,40, Acid-soluble
and/or 250 bridging material

VERSAPRO systems are non-damaging,


invert-emulsion fluids with (diesel or mineral
oil as base). These systems are designed to
minimize formation damage.
VERSAPRO LS provides all the benefits of a
VERSAPRO system. It utilizes calcium carbonate
for bridging and weighting. It contains at least
30 lb/bbl (13.6 kg/bbl) for optimum bridging.
VERSAPRO SF is a pill designed without solids
to displace VERSAPRO from the hole when there
is pre-existing filter cake only. Do not use
VERSAPRO SF to drill the formation.

Typical VERSAPRO Properties


Fluid density, lb/gal 9.0 16.0
Plastic viscosity, cP 10 40
Yield point, lb/100 ft2 10 25
3 rpm 5 15
Pom Alkalinity of
whole mud (mL) <3.0
Electrical stability (volts) >300
HTHP, mL/30 min @ 250 F
(121 C) 5 micron disk <5.0

1315Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
NOVAPRO
The synthetic-base NOVAPRO* system features
low fluid loss, high ROP and excellent wellbore
stability. The NOVAPRO system is designed to
minimize formation damage by forming a thin,
durable, Ultra-Low-permeability filter cake on
the face of the formation, thereby minimizing
fluid and solids invasion into the formation.
Products are carefully selected for compati-
bility with reservoir, drilling conditions, envi-
ronmental protocol, and completion method
to maximize productivity while adhering to
environmental requirements.
The system meets environmental require-
ments for synthetic based fluids.
Features
Formulated with synthetic-base fluid
Exhibits all the drilling advantages of
conventional invert-emulsion fluids
Designed to be compatible with the
completion method
Benefits
Minimizes formation damage
Reduces fluid loss
Maximizes production
Environmentally acceptable

1316Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

Typical Formulation
Base synthetic 70 90%
Brine internal phase 10 30%
VG-PLUS 1.0 4.0 lb/bbl
NOVAMUL*, SUREMUL* 6.0 8.0 lb/bbl
NOVAWET*, SUREWET* 2.0 4.0 lb/bbl
Lime 4.0 6.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 10.0 30.0 lb/bbl

Product Functions
Product Function
Base synthetic Provides continuous
phase for system
Brine Internal phase inhibition
VG-PLUS Viscosity
NOVAMUL, SUREMUL Primary emulsifier
NOVAWET, SUREWET Wetting agent
Lime Alkalinity
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 Acid-soluble
and/or 250 bridging material

Typical NOVAPRO Properties


Product Function
Fluid density, lb/gal 9.0 16.0
Plastic viscosity, cP 10 40
Yield point, lb/100 ft2 10 25
3 rpm 5 15
Pom Alkalinity of
whole mud (mL) <3.0
Electrical stability (volts) >500
HTHP, mL/30 min @ 250 F
(121 C) 5 micron disk <5.0

1317Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FLOTHRU
The FLOTHRU* system is a premium water-base
Reservoir Drill-In Fluid (RDF) designed to be non-
damaging with enhanced flow-back capabilities
avoiding the need for a chemical cleanup
treatment. FLOTHRU utilizes organophilic com-
ponents as part of its design. The system
deposits an impermeable filter cake on the sand
face preventing the flow of aqueous fluid and
solids into the formation. When the well is put
on production, this organophilic material allows
oil to flow through channels in the filter cake
eliminating the need for any external breakers.

Typical Formulation
Product Concentration
Base fluid (brine)
halide or Formates 0.96 bbl
FLO-VIS PLUS, FLO-VIS NT 0.75 1.0 lb/bbl
THRUTROL* 10 lb/bbl
THRUCARB* 20 to 30% of the
total carbonate blend
Greencide 25G 0.5 1.0 gal/100 bbl
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH 0.5 1.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 25.0 30.0 lb/bbl
KLA-GARD, KLA-STOP 4.0 8.0 lb/bbl

1318Go To Table of Contents


Product Functions and Descriptions
Product Functions Description
Base fluid (brine) Density and shale inhibition Base brine
FLO-VIS PLUS, FLO-VIS NT Viscosity properties, especially LSRV Premium-grade xanthan gum
THRUTROL Fluid-loss control and Organophilic starch
supplemental viscosifier
THRUCARB Bridging agent/fluid-loss control Organophilic calcium carbonate
Greencide 25G Bactericide Glutaraldehyde
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH pH Alkalinity
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 and/or 250 Bridging agent, fluid- Optimally sized calcium carbonate
loss control, density
KLA-GARD, KLA-STOP Shale inhibitor Amine type of shale inhibitors

1319Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FLO-VIS PLUS is a high-yield, premium-grade,
clarified xanthan gum. It is both clarified and
dispersible. It produces elevated LSRV and fragile
gel strengths.
FLOVIS NT is a high-yielding, xanthan gum
biopolymer. It is non-clarified and non dis-
persible. It imparts elevated LSRV while not hav-
ing an adverse effect on the overall apparent
viscosity.
THRUTROL is a hydrophobic-modified starch.
It is used to lower fluid-loss control and impart
viscosity. It provides some of the channels for
hydrocarbons to flow through.
THRUCARB is a very fine organophilic-coated
calcium carbonate. It is used in conjunction with
other sized calcium carbonate and the THRUTROL
starch to form the basis of a filter cake. It also
helps create the organophilic channels.
KLA-GARD or KLA-STOP reduces the swelling
of sensitive shale.

Typical FLOTHRU Properties


Fluid density, lb/gal 8.8 18.0
Plastic viscosity, cP 12 20
Yield point, lb/100 ft2 20 35
3 rpm 10 15
pH 8.5 10.0
LSRV 0.0636 sec 1, cps 40,000 60,000
HTHP, mL/30 min @
150 F (66 C) <5.0

1320Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

Breakers Chemical cleanup


Why a Breaker?
Most of the M-I SWACO Reservoir Drill-In Fluids
(RDFs) are designed to deposit an impermeable
filter cake on the formation with the intent of
preventing the loss of fluid and solids into the
producing or injection zone. While these filter
cakes provide a protective barrier on the forma-
tion face in the drilling phase of the well, they
can also impair the productivity of a well or the
injection into a well if they are not cleaned up
properly.
In producing wells that are completed
in unconsolidated formations, gravel packs,
expandable screens, pre-packed liners and
stand-alone screens are used to stabilize the
wellbore. Although these completion tech-
niques might stabilize the wellbore they can,
at the same time, serve as potential traps for
the filter cake/filter-cake debris when the
well is put on production. The net result can
be lost production and/or premature decline
of the well.
The purpose of using a breaker is to prevent
the plugging of a gravel pack or a completion
assembly with filter cake/filter-cake debris by
cleaning up or changing the characteristics of
the filter cake itself. Filter-cake cleanup allows
hydrocarbons from the reservoir to flow freely
into the well without being blocked by the
filter-cake residue.
The maintenance of the RDF while drilling
the well plays an important role in the cleanup
process of the filter cake. If the percent of drill
solids in the RDF is allowed to escalate then

1321Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
consequently the amount of drill solids in the
filter cake will also accumulate. A large amount
of drill solids will not only affect the integrity
of the filter cake, it will also limit the amount
of the filter cake that can be cleaned up.
One of the most important objectives of a
cleanup treatment is the uniform degradation
of the filter cake. This objective should be one of
the basis of design when selecting a breaker
treatment.
Factors that affect Breaker Selection
Breaker carrier
Well type Producer or injector
Type of completion Gravel pack, expandable
screen, etc.
Metallurgy
Formation characteristics Sensitivities
Environmental issues
Type of RDF used to drill the well
RDF components
% drill solids in the filter cake
MBT concentration
Amount of bridging material
Total amount of solids
Thickness of the filter cake
Type of cleanup desired
Contact area
Contact time
BHT
Delay time required
Completion equipment
Operator concerns

1322Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
What to Use, When to Use It
and How Do You Get It There?
What to use and when to use it depends on
the factors affecting the breaker selection
including the type of cleanup desired and
when the cleanup is going to take place. For
example, in a gravel-pack completion there are
two options when to do the cleanup, during the
gravel-pack operation or post-gravel pack. There
is also the option of placing a breaker as a com-
ponent in the filter cake, or using a system that
deposits a filter cake that can be cleaned up by
formation hydrocarbons.
Options
Post Treatment
Aggressive treatments
Strong acids
Oxidizers
Non-aggressive treatments
Weak acids
BREAKDOWN*
FAZEBREAK*
BREAKFREE*
Treatments While Completing the Well
Aggressive treatments
Chelants
Non-aggressive treatments
FAZEBREAK Delayed
Chemical Options
Acids Temperature ranges 120 to 250 F
(49 to 121 C). Attack biopolymers and cal-
cium carbonate components of a water-base
filter cake. Acids can also be used to clean
up FAZEPRO, a reversible invert-emulsion fluid.

1323Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
Some of the disadvantages of acid are that
they can cause corrosion with downhole tubu-
lars, form precipitates, cause emulsions and
cause incomplete cleanup.
Oxidizers Temperature ranges 80 to 200 F
(27 to 93 C). They attack the organic polymer
portion of the filter cake deposited by water-
base fluids. Generally, oxidizers may work
two times faster for every 10 F (12 C) rise
in temperature.
Disadvantages of oxidizers include the
attack on steel material, the dissolution of sili-
cates or micro-porous chert, and the reaction
with clays which can generate an emulsion.
M-I SWACO Products
SAFE-BREAK* L Oxidizer
Sodium Hypochlorite Oxidizer
SAFE-BREAK L and SAFE-BREAK S are strong
oxidizers used in water-base drill-in fluids as
breakers for various polymers. They are used to
break the viscosity of natural polymer-base
fluids and to loosen the filter cakes of drill-in
fluids, so that bridging particles can be pro-
duced back through sand-control liners or be
more effectively acidized.
Enzymes Temperature ranges 40 to 200 F
(4 to 94 C). Enzymes primarily starch or poly-
mer specific. These enzymes break down the
polymers in the residual filter cake which in
effect breaks down the cement which bonds
the filter cake together allowing the bridging
solids to disperse and either flow back through
the completion assembly (gravel pack), or
be chemically dissolved by other chemical
treatments.

1324Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
M-I SWACO Products
WELLZYME* A
WELLZYME NS
Both WELLZYME A and WELLZYME NS are
starch-specific enzymes (Amylase) designed to
degrade the starch component of the FLOPRO NT
filter cake. They work in monovalent carrier
brines, but do not work in divalent brines.
The optimum concentration of WELLZYME A
or WELLZYME NS is 2 to 5% volume.
Chelants Dissolve the calcium carbonate
material in both water and reversible oil-base
fluids. They are less aggressive than acids or
oxidizers allowing for a more even breakdown
of the filter cake and a delayed break if that is
desired. Chelants can be used in combination
with other breakers such as enzymes or acid
for a more enhanced filter-cake cleanup. Low
pH chelants are also effective in destroying
the integrity of the FAZEPRO (reversible oil-
base) filter cake.
Chelants are non-corrosive as opposed
to acid.
M-I SWACO Products
D-SOLVER* pH 4.5 to 4.8
D-SOLVER PLUS pH 3.5 to 4.0
Both D-SOLVER and D-SOLVER PLUS are not
compatible with seawater or calcium chloride
or other divalent brines.
The concentration of chelants will depend
on the amount of calcium carbonate material in
the filter cake, the surface area of the filter cake,
and the volume of the breaker system.

1325Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS

M-I SWACO Breaker Systems


BREAKFREE Enzyme-base system
BREAKDOWN Enzyme/chelant-base system
FAZEBREAK Chelant-base system for FAZEPRO
BREAKFREE Enzyme-Base System
BREAKFREE is recommended for the cleanup of
the starch component of a FLOPRO NT filter cake
where stand-alone or gravel-pack open-hole
completions are used. The process of the starch
destruction is slow and gentle and it prevents
formation of emulsions and precipitates with
formation fluids. It also disperses bridging par-
ticles to flowback or fall out of the way.
Monovalent-base brines
Dispersant SAPP*, D-SPERSE* (optional)
WELLZYME A or WELLZYME NS
Viscosifier (optional) Increases delay
BREAKDOWN Enzyme/Chelant
Composition
BREAKDOWN is recommended for the cleanup of
both the starch and calcium carbonate compo-
nents of a FLOPRO NT filter cake for stand-alone
and premium screen/gravel-pack open-hole
completions. The process of the starch and cal-
cium carbonate destruction is slow and gentle
and it prevents formation of emulsions and
precipitates with formation fluids.
Monovalent base brines
Dispersant SAPP, D-SPERSE (optional)
WELLZYME A or WELLZYME NS
D-SOLVER or D-SOLVER PLUS Chelant
Viscosifier (optional) Increases delay

1326Go To Table of Contents


RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
FAZEBREAK
FAZEBREAK is designed to clean up FAZEPRO.
It does not completely dissolve the filter cake;
it disperses the filter cake. The low pH of the
system helps initiate the reversibility of the
filter cake and the chelant attacks the calcium
carbonate material.
Surfactant Water-wet carbonate (FAZE-MUL*)
Viscosifier Delays the reversal process
(SAFE-VIS)
Dispersant Minimizes surface interactions
(EGMBE)
Base brine Density enables good placement
Chelant D-SOLVER

1327Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 14
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

FORMULAS AND TABLES


14. ENGINEERING

Go To Table of Contents
Oilfield Tubulars
Capacity and Displacement API Drill Pipe
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
238 6.65 2.375 1.815 0.003200 0.002279 0.005479 312.49
278 10.40 2.875 2.151 0.004495 0.003535 0.008029 222.49
3 9.50 3.500 2.992 0.008696 0.003204 0.01190 114.99
13.30 3.500 2.764 0.007421 0.004479 0.01190 134.75
15.50 3.500 2.602 0.006577 0.005323 0.01190 152.05
4 11.85 4.000 3.476 0.011737 0.003805 0.015543 85.20
14.00 4.000 3.340 0.010837 0.004706 0.015543 92.28
4 13.75 4.500 3.958 0.015218 0.004453 0.019671 65.71
16.60 4.500 3.826 0.014220 0.005451 0.019671 70.32
20.00 4.500 3.640 0.012871 0.006800 0.019671 77.69
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

141Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement API Drill Pipe
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
5 16.25 5.000 4.408 0.018875 0.005410 0.024286 52.98
19.50 5.000 4.276 0.017762 0.006524 0.024286 56.30
25.60 5.000 4.000 0.015543 0.008743 0.024286 64.34
5 21.90 5.500 4.778 0.022177 0.007209 0.029386 45.09
24.70 5.500 4.670 0.021186 0.008200 0.029386 47.20
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

142Go To Table of Contents


Capacity and Displacement Heavy-Weight Drill Pipe
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
3 23.20 3.500 2.250 0.0050 0.0084 0.0134 200.00
25.30 3.500 2.063 0.0042 0.0092 0.0134 238.10
4 27.20 4.000 2.563 0.0064 0.0108 0.0172 156.25
4 41.00 4.500 2.750 0.0074 0.0149 0.0223 135.14
5 49.30 5.000 3.000 0.0088 0.0180 0.0268 113.64
5 57.00 5.500 3.375 0.0112 0.0210 0.0322 89.29
658 70.80 6.625 4.500 0.0197 0.0260 0.0457 50.76

Pipe Displacement (Metal Only w/Coup.)


3
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

0.002 ( Wt of pipe per ft with couplings)(Depth, ft) = Displacement of pipe in ft

(Wt of pipe per ft with couplings)(Depth, ft) = Displacement of pipe in bbl


2, 733

143Go To Table of Contents


Capacity and Displacement API Tubing and Workstring
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft Type in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
1 1.14 N 1.050 0.824 0.0006600 0.000411 0.001071 1516.13
1.20 E 1.050 0.824 0.0006600 0.000411 0.001071 1516.13
1.55 U 1.050 0.724 0.0005350 0.000536 0.001071 1869.75
1516 1.70 N 1.315 1.049 0.0001069 0.000611 0.001680 935.49
1.72 N 1.315 1.049 0.0001069 0.000611 0.001680 935.49
1.80 I 1.315 1.049 0.0001069 0.000611 0.001680 935.49
2.30 U 1.315 0.957 0.008900 0.000790 0.001680 1124.00
11116 2.10 I 1.660 1.410 0.001931 0.000746 0.002677 517.79
2.30 N 1.660 1.380 0.001850 0.000827 0.002677 540.55
2.40 E 1.660 1.380 0.001850 0.000827 0.002677 540.55
2.33 I 1.660 1.380 0.001850 0.000827 0.002677 540.55
3.29 U 1.660 1.264 0.001552 0.001125 0.002677 644.31
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

144Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement API Tubing and Workstring
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft Type in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
178 2.40 I 1.900 1.650 0.002645 0.000862 0.003507 378.11
2.75 N 1.900 1.610 0.002518 0.000989 0.003507 397.14
2.76 I 1.900 1.610 0.002518 0.000989 0.003507 397.14
2.90 E 1.900 1.610 0.002518 0.000989 0.003507 397.14
4.19 U 1.900 1.462 0.002076 0.001430 0.003507 481.68
2116 3.25 I 2.063 1.751 0.002978 0.001156 0.004134 335.75
238 4.00 N 2.375 2.041 0.004047 0.001433 0.005479 247.12
4.60 N 2.375 1.995 0.003866 0.001613 0.005479 258.65
4.70 E 2.375 1.995 0.003866 0.001613 0.005479 258.65
5.80 N 2.375 1.867 0.003386 0.002093 0.005479 295.33
5.95 E 2.375 1.867 0.003386 0.002093 0.005479 295.33
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

145Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement API Tubing and Workstring
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft Type in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
278 6.4 N 2.875 2.441 0.005788 0.002241 0.008029 172.76
6.5 E 2.875 2.441 0.005788 0.002241 0.008029 172.76
7.8 N 2.875 2.323 0.005242 0.002787 0.008029 190.76
7.9 E 2.875 2.323 0.005242 0.002787 0.008029 190.76
8.6 N 2.875 2.259 0.004957 0.003072 0.008029 201.72
8.7 E 2.875 2.259 0.004957 0.003072 0.008029 201.72
3 7.70 N 3.500 3.068 0.009144 0.002756 0.0119 109.37
9.20 N 3.500 2.992 0.008696 0.003204 0.0119 114.99
9.30 E 3.500 2.992 0.008696 0.003204 0.0119 114.99
10.20 N 3.500 2.992 0.008696 0.003204 0.0119 114.99
12.70 N 3.500 2.750 0.007346 0.004554 0.0119 136.12
12.95 E 3.500 2.750 0.007346 0.004554 0.0119 136.12
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

146Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement API Tubing and Workstring
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft Type in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
4 9.50 N 4.000 3.458 0.012229 0.003314 0.015543 81.78
11.00 E 4.000 3.476 0.011737 0.003805 0.015543 85.20
4 12.60 N 4.500 3.958 0.015218 0.004453 0.019671 65.71
12.75 E 4.500 3.958 0.015218 0.004453 0.019671 65.71
Type: N = Non Upset
I = Integral Joint
E = External Upset
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

147Go To Table of Contents


Capacity and Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
3 9.91 3.500 2.992 0.0086960 0.003204 0.011900 114.99
4 11.34 4.000 3.428 0.011415 0.004127 0.015543 87.60
4 9.50 4.500 4.090 0.016250 0.003421 0.019671 61.54
10.50 4.500 4.052 0.015950 0.003722 0.019671 62.70
11.60 4.500 4.000 0.015543 0.004129 0.019671 64.34
13.04 4.500 3.920 0.014927 0.004744 0.019671 66.99
13.50 4.500 3.920 0.014927 0.004744 0.019671 66.99
5 11.50 5.000 4.560 0.020199 0.004086 0.024286 49.51
13.00 5.000 4.494 0.019619 0.004667 0.024286 50.97
15.00 5.000 4.408 0.018875 0.005410 0.024286 52.98
17.93 5.000 4.276 0.017762 0.006524 0.024286 56.30
18.00 5.000 4.276 0.017762 0.006524 0.024286 56.30
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

148Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
5 21.40 5.000 4.126 0.016537 0.007748 0.024286 60.47
23.20 5.000 4.044 0.015887 0.008399 0.024286 62.95
24.10 5.000 4.000 0.015543 0.008743 0.024286 64.34
5 14.00 5.500 5.012 0.024402 0.004983 0.029386 40.98
15.50 5.500 4.950 0.023802 0.005583 0.029386 42.01
17.00 5.500 4.892 0.023248 0.006138 0.029386 43.01
19.81 5.500 4.778 0.022177 0.007209 0.029386 45.09
20.00 5.500 4.778 0.022177 0.007209 0.029386 45.09
23.00 5.500 4.670 0.021186 0.008200 0.029386 47.20
658 20.00 6.625 6.049 0.035545 0.007092 0.042636 28.13
24.00 6.625 5.921 0.034056 0.008580 0.042636 29.36
27.65 6.625 5.791 0.032577 0.010059 0.042636 30.70
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

28.00 6.625 5.791 0.032577 0.010059 0.042636 30.70


32.00 6.625 5.675 0.031285 0.011351 0.042636 31.96
Continues on next page

149Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
7 17.00 7.000 6.538 0.041524 0.0060760 0.047600 24.08
20.00 7.000 6.456 0.040489 0.0071110 0.047600 24.70
23.00 7.000 6.366 0.039368 0.0082320 0.047600 25.40
26.00 7.000 6.276 0.038263 0.0093370 0.047600 26.14
29.00 7.000 6.184 0.037149 0.010451 0.047600 26.92
32.00 7.000 6.094 0.036076 0.011524 0.047600 27.72
35.00 7.000 6.004 0.035018 0.012582 0.047600 28.56
38.00 7.000 5.920 0.034045 0.013555 0.047600 29.37
758 24.00 7.625 7.025 0.047940 0.0085390 0.056479 20.86
26.40 7.625 6.969 0.047179 0.0093000 0.056479 21.20
29.70 7.625 6.875 0.045915 0.0010.64 0.056479 21.78
33.70 7.625 6.765 0.044458 0.012022 0.056479 22.49
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

39.00 7.625 6.625 0.042636 0.013843 0.056479 23.45


Continues on next page

1410Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
758 42.80 7.625 6.501 0.041055 0.015424 0.056479 24.36
45.30 7.625 6.435 0.040226 0.016253 0.056479 24.86
47.10 7.625 6.375 0.039479 0.017000 0.056479 25.33
858 24.00 8.625 8.097 0.063688 0.008577 0.072265 15.70
28.00 8.625 8.017 0.062436 0.009829 0.072265 16.02
32.00 8.625 7.921 0.060949 0.011316 0.072265 16.41
36.00 8.625 7.825 0.059481 0.012784 0.072265 16.81
40.00 8.625 7.725 0.057971 0.014295 0.072265 17.25
49.00 8.625 7.511 0.054803 0.017462 0.072265 18.25
958 32.30 9.625 9.001 0.078703 0.011291 0.089994 12.71
36.00 9.625 8.921 0.077310 0.012683 0.089994 12.93
40.00 9.625 8.835 0.075827 0.014167 0.089994 13.19
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

43.50 9.625 8.755 0.074460 0.015534 0.089994 13.43


Continues on next page

1411Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
958 47.00 9.625 8.681 0.073206 0.016787 0.089994 13.66
53.50 9.625 8.535 0.070765 0.019229 0.089994 14.13
10 32.75 10.750 10.192 0.100909 0.011352 0.112260 9.91
40.50 10.750 10.050 0.098116 0.014144 0.112260 10.19
45.50 10.750 9.950 0.096174 0.016087 0.112260 10.40
51.00 10.750 9.850 0.094250 0.018010 0.112260 10.61
55.50 10.750 9.760 0.092536 0.019725 0.112260 10.81
11 42.00 11.750 11.084 0.119345 0.014773 0.134118 8.38
47.00 11.750 11.000 0.117543 0.016575 0.134118 8.51
54.00 11.750 10.880 0.114992 0.019126 0.134118 8.70
60.00 11.750 10.772 0.112720 0.021397 0.134118 8.87
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

1412Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners
Weight
w/Coup. OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear
Size lb/ft in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
1338 48.00 13.375 12.715 0.157052 0.016727 0.173779 6.37
54.50 13.375 12.615 0.154591 0.019188 0.173779 6.47
61.00 13.375 12.515 0.152150 0.021629 0.173779 6.57
68.00 13.375 12.415 0.149728 0.024051 0.173779 6.68
72.00 13.375 12.347 0.148092 0.025687 0.173779 6.75
16 65.00 16.000 15.250 0.225917 0.022768 0.248685 4.43
75.00 16.000 15.124 0.222199 0.026486 0.248685 4.50
84.00 16.000 15.010 0.218862 0.029823 0.248685 4.57
1858 87.50 18.625 17.755 0.306232 0.030746 0.336979 3.27
20 94.00 20.000 19.124 0.355277 0.033293 0.388570 2.81
106.50 20.000 19.000 0.350685 0.037886 0.388570 2.85
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

133.00 20.000 18.730 0.340789 0.047782 0.388570 2.93

1413Go To Table of Contents


Capacity and Displacement Drill Collars

OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear


Size in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
3 3.125 1.2500 0.001518 0.007969 0.009487 658.83
3 3.500 1.5000 0.002186 0.009714 0.011900 457.52
3 3.750 1.5000 0.002186 0.011475 0.013661 457.52
4 4.000 2.0000 0.003886 0.011657 0.015543 257.35
4 4.125 2.0000 0.003886 0.012644 0.016529 257.35
4 4.250 2.0000 0.003886 0.013661 0.017546 257.35
4 4.500 2.2500 0.004918 0.014754 0.019671 203.34
4 4.750 2.2500 0.004918 0.017000 0.021918 203.34
5 5.000 2.2500 0.004918 0.019368 0.024286 203.34
5 5.250 2.2500 0.004918 0.021857 0.026775 203.34
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

1414Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement Drill Collars

OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear


Size in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
5 5.500 2.2500 0.004918 0.024468 0.029386 203.34
5 5.750 2.2500 0.004918 0.027200 0.032118 203.34
6 6.000 2.2500 0.004918 0.030053 0.034971 203.34
6 6.250 2.2500 0.004918 0.033028 0.037946 203.34
6.250 2.8125 0.007684 0.030262 0.037946 130.14
6 6.500 2.2500 0.004918 0.036125 0.041043 203.34
6.500 2.8125 0.007684 0.033359 0.041043 130.14
6 6.750 2.2500 0.004918 0.039343 0.044261 203.34
6.750 2.8125 0.007684 0.036576 0.044261 130.14
7 7.000 2.8125 0.007684 0.039916 0.047600 130.14
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

7 7.250 2.8125 0.007684 0.043376 0.051061 130.14


7 7.500 2.8125 0.007684 0.046959 0.054643 130.14
Continues on next page

1415Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Capacity and Displacement Drill Collars

OD ID Cap Displ. Cap Displ. Linear


Size in. in. bbl/ft bbl/ft bbl/ft ft/bbl
7 7.750 2.8125 0.007684 0.050662 0.058346 130.14
8 8.000 2.8125 0.007684 0.054487 0.062171 130.14
8.000 3.0000 0.008743 0.053428 0.062171 114.38
8 8.250 3.0000 0.008743 0.057375 0.066118 114.38
8 8.500 3.0000 0.008743 0.061443 0.070186 114.38
8 8.750 3.0000 0.008743 0.065632 0.074375 114.38
9 9.000 3.0000 0.008743 0.069943 0.078686 114.38
9 9.250 3.0000 0.008743 0.074375 0.083118 114.38
9 9.500 3.0000 0.008743 0.078928 0.087671 114.38
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

9 9.750 3.0000 0.008743 0.083603 0.092346 114.38


10 10.000 3.0000 0.008743 0.088400 0.097143 114.38
11 11.000 3.0000 0.008743 0.108800 0.117543 114.38

1416Go To Table of Contents


Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
0.067 0.49 0.616 0.00037 2,712.83 0.00207 483.192 0.01548 64.5925
1 0.067 0.67 0.866 0.00073 1,372.61 0.00409 244.481 0.0306 32.6819
1 0.075 0.74 0.85 0.0007 1,424.78 0.00394 253.772 0.02948 33.9239
1 0.08 0.79 0.84 0.00069 1,458.90 0.00385 259.85 0.02879 34.7364
1 0.087 0.85 0.826 0.00066 1,508.77 0.00372 268.733 0.02784 35.9239
1 0.095 0.92 0.81 0.00064 1,568.97 0.00358 279.454 0.02677 37.3571
1 0.102 0.98 0.796 0.00062 1,624.64 0.00346 289.371 0.02585 38.6827
1 0.109 1.04 0.782 0.00059 1,683.34 0.00334 299.825 0.02495 40.0802
1 0.125 1.17 0.75 0.00055 1,830.04 0.00307 325.956 0.02295 43.5733
1 0.067 0.85 1.116 0.00121 826.52 0.00679 147.215 0.05081 19.6795
1 0.075 0.94 1.1 0.00118 850.74 0.0066 151.529 0.04937 20.2562
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Continues on next page

1417Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
1 0.08 1 1.09 0.00115 866.43 0.00648 154.322 0.04847 20.6296
1 0.087 1.08 1.076 0.00112 889.12 0.00631 158.364 0.04724 21.1699
1 0.09 1.11 1.07 0.00111 899.12 0.00624 160.145 0.04671 21.408
1 0.095 1.17 1.06 0.00109 916.16 0.00613 163.181 0.04584 21.8138
1 0.097 1.19 1.056 0.00108 923.12 0.00608 164.419 0.0455 21.9794
1 0.102 1.25 1.046 0.00106 940.85 0.00597 167.578 0.04464 22.4016
1 0.104 1.27 1.042 0.00105 948.09 0.00592 168.867 0.0443 22.574
1 0.109 1.33 1.032 0.00103 966.55 0.00581 172.156 0.04345 23.0136
1 0.116 1.4 1.018 0.00101 993.32 0.00565 176.923 0.04228 23.6509
1 0.118 1.43 1.014 0.001 1,001.17 0.00561 178.322 0.04195 23.8379
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1 0.125 1.5 1 0.00097 1,029.40 0.00545 183.35 0.0408 24.51


Continues on next page

1418Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
1 0.134 1.6 0.982 0.00094 1,067.48 0.00526 190.133 0.03934 25.4168
1 0.145 1.71 0.96 0.0009 1,116.97 0.00503 198.947 0.0376 26.5951
1 0.156 1.82 0.938 0.00085 1,169.98 0.0048 208.389 0.0359 27.8572
1 0.175 2.01 0.9 0.00079 1,270.86 0.00442 226.358 0.03305 30.2593
1 0.095 1.43 1.31 0.00167 599.85 0.00936 106.841 0.07002 14.2824
1 0.102 1.52 1.296 0.00163 612.88 0.00916 109.162 0.06853 14.5926
1 0.109 1.62 1.282 0.0016 626.34 0.00896 111.559 0.06706 14.9131
1 0.116 1.71 1.268 0.00156 640.24 0.00877 114.036 0.0656 15.2442
1 0.118 1.74 1.264 0.00155 644.3 0.00871 114.759 0.06519 15.3408
1 0.125 1.84 1.25 0.00152 658.82 0.00852 117.344 0.06375 15.6864
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1 0.134 1.95 1.232 0.00147 678.21 0.00828 120.798 0.06193 16.1481


Continues on next page

1419Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
1 0.145 2.1 1.21 0.00142 703.09 0.00799 125.231 0.05974 16.7407
1 0.156 2.24 1.188 0.00137 729.38 0.0077 129.912 0.05758 17.3664
1 0.175 2.48 1.15 0.00128 778.37 0.00721 138.639 0.05396 18.5331
1 0.188 2.63 1.124 0.00123 814.8 0.00689 145.127 0.05155 19.4004
1 0.19 2.66 1.12 0.00122 820.63 0.00684 146.165 0.05118 19.5392
1 0.203 2.81 1.094 0.00116 860.1 0.00653 153.196 0.04883 20.479
1 0.095 1.68 1.56 0.00236 422.99 0.01327 75.341 0.09929 10.0715
1 0.102 1.8 1.546 0.00232 430.69 0.01304 76.712 0.09752 10.2547
1 0.109 1.91 1.532 0.00228 438.6 0.0128 78.12 0.09576 10.443
1 0.116 2.02 1.518 0.00224 446.73 0.01257 79.568 0.09402 10.6365
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1 0.118 2.06 1.514 0.00223 449.09 0.0125 79.989 0.09352 10.6928


Continues on next page

1420Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
1 0.125 2.17 1.5 0.00219 457.51 0.01227 81.489 0.0918 10.8933
1 0.134 2.31 1.482 0.00213 468.69 0.01198 83.48 0.08961 11.1596
1 0.145 2.49 1.46 0.00207 482.92 0.01163 86.015 0.08697 11.4984
1 0.156 2.66 1.438 0.00201 497.81 0.01128 88.667 0.08437 11.8529
1 0.175 2.94 1.4 0.0019 525.2 0.01069 93.546 0.07997 12.5051
1 0.188 3.14 1.374 0.00183 545.27 0.0103 97.12 0.07703 12.9828
1 0.19 3.17 1.37 0.00182 548.46 0.01024 97.688 0.07658 13.0588
1 0.203 3.35 1.344 0.00175 569.88 0.00985 101.504 0.0737 13.5689
1 0.204 3.37 1.342 0.00175 571.58 0.00982 101.807 0.07348 13.6094
2 0.109 2.2 1.782 0.00308 324.17 0.01732 57.739 0.12956 7.7184
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

2 0.116 2.33 1.768 0.00304 329.32 0.01705 58.657 0.12753 7.8411


Continues on next page

1421Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
2 0.118 2.37 1.764 0.00302 330.82 0.01697 58.923 0.12696 7.8767
2 0.125 2.5 1.75 0.00297 336.13 0.0167 59.869 0.12495 8.0033
2 0.134 2.67 1.732 0.00291 343.15 0.01636 61.12 0.12239 8.1705
2 0.145 2.87 1.71 0.00284 352.04 0.01595 62.703 0.1193 8.3821
2 0.156 3.07 1.688 0.00277 361.28 0.01554 64.348 0.11625 8.602
2 0.175 3.41 1.65 0.00264 378.11 0.01485 67.346 0.11108 9.0028
2 0.188 3.64 1.624 0.00256 390.31 0.01438 69.52 0.1076 9.2933
2 0.19 3.67 1.62 0.00255 392.24 0.01431 69.864 0.10708 9.3393
2 0.203 3.9 1.594 0.00247 405.14 0.01386 72.161 0.10367 9.6464
2 0.204 3.91 1.592 0.00246 406.16 0.01382 72.343 0.10341 9.6707
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

238 0.109 2.64 2.157 0.00452 221.25 0.02538 39.408 0.18983 5.268
Continues on next page

1422Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
238 0.118 2.84 2.139 0.00444 224.99 0.02495 40.074 0.18667 5.357
238 0.125 3 2.125 0.00439 227.96 0.02463 40.603 0.18424 5.4278
238 0.134 3.21 2.107 0.00431 231.88 0.02421 41.3 0.18113 5.521
238 0.145 3.45 2.085 0.00422 236.79 0.02371 42.176 0.17737 5.6381
238 0.156 3.7 2.063 0.00413 241.87 0.02321 43.081 0.17364 5.759
238 0.175 4.11 2.025 0.00398 251.03 0.02236 44.713 0.16731 5.9771
238 0.188 4.39 1.999 0.00388 257.61 0.02179 45.883 0.16304 6.1336
238 0.19 4.43 1.995 0.00387 258.64 0.02171 46.068 0.16239 6.1583
238 0.203 4.71 1.969 0.00377 265.52 0.02114 47.292 0.15818 6.322
238 0.204 4.73 1.967 0.00376 266.06 0.0211 47.388 0.15786 6.3348
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

238 0.224 5.15 1.927 0.00361 277.22 0.02025 49.376 0.1515 6.6005
Continues on next page

1423Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
258 0.134 3.56 2.357 0.0054 185.3 0.0303 33.004 0.22666 4.4119
258 0.145 3.84 2.335 0.0053 188.8 0.02974 33.628 0.22245 4.4954
258 0.156 4.11 2.313 0.0052 192.41 0.02918 34.271 0.21828 4.5813
258 0.175 4.58 2.275 0.00503 198.89 0.02823 35.426 0.21117 4.7357
258 0.19 4.94 2.245 0.0049 204.25 0.02749 36.379 0.20563 4.8631
258 0.204 5.27 2.217 0.00477 209.44 0.02681 37.303 0.20054 4.9867
258 0.224 5.74 2.177 0.0046 217.2 0.02585 38.687 0.19336 5.1716
258 0.25 6.34 2.125 0.00439 227.96 0.02463 40.603 0.18424 5.4278
258 0.28 7.01 2.065 0.00414 241.4 0.02326 42.997 0.17398 5.7478
258 0.3 7.45 2.025 0.00398 251.03 0.02236 44.713 0.16731 5.9771
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

278 0.125 3.67 2.625 0.00669 149.39 0.03758 26.609 0.28114 3.557
Continues on next page

1424Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
278 0.134 3.92 2.607 0.0066 151.46 0.03707 26.977 0.2773 3.6063
278 0.145 4.23 2.585 0.00649 154.05 0.03644 27.438 0.27263 3.6679
278 0.156 4.53 2.563 0.00638 156.71 0.03583 27.912 0.26801 3.7312
278 0.175 5.05 2.525 0.00619 161.46 0.03477 28.758 0.26013 3.8443
278 0.188 5.4 2.499 0.00607 164.84 0.03406 29.359 0.2548 3.9247
278 0.19 5.45 2.495 0.00605 165.36 0.03395 29.454 0.25398 3.9373
278 0.203 5.79 2.469 0.00592 168.87 0.03325 30.077 0.24872 4.0207
278 0.204 5.82 2.467 0.00591 169.14 0.03319 30.126 0.24831 4.0272
278 0.224 6.34 2.427 0.00572 174.76 0.03213 31.127 0.24033 4.1611
278 0.25 7.01 2.375 0.00548 182.5 0.03076 32.505 0.23014 4.3453
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

278 0.28 7.76 2.315 0.00521 192.08 0.02923 34.212 0.21866 4.5734
Continues on next page

1425Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
278 0.3 8.25 2.275 0.00503 198.89 0.02823 35.426 0.21117 4.7357
3 0.134 4.82 3.232 0.01015 98.55 0.05697 17.552 0.42619 2.3464
3 0.145 5.2 3.21 0.01001 99.9 0.0562 17.794 0.42041 2.3787
3 0.156 5.57 3.188 0.00987 101.29 0.05543 18.04 0.41466 2.4116
3 0.175 6.21 3.15 0.00964 103.74 0.05412 18.478 0.40484 2.4701
3 0.188 6.65 3.124 0.00948 105.48 0.05323 18.787 0.39818 2.5114
3 0.19 6.72 3.12 0.00946 105.75 0.05309 18.835 0.39716 2.5179
3 0.203 7.15 3.094 0.0093 107.53 0.05221 19.153 0.39057 2.5604
3 0.204 7.18 3.092 0.00929 107.67 0.05214 19.178 0.39007 2.5637
3 0.224 7.84 3.052 0.00905 110.51 0.0508 19.684 0.38004 2.6313
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

3 0.25 8.68 3 0.00874 114.38 0.04909 20.372 0.3672 2.7233


Continues on next page

1426Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Size Wall Calc. bbl/ Linear ft3/ Linear gal/ Linear
OD Thickness wt/ft ID Linear ft ft/bbl Linear ft ft/ft3 Linear ft ft/gal
3 0.28 9.63 2.94 0.0084 119.09 0.04714 21.212 0.35266 2.8356
3 0.3 10.25 2.9 0.00817 122.4 0.04587 21.801 0.34313 2.9144
4 0.204 9.36 4.092 0.01627 61.48 0.09132 10.95 0.68317 1.4638
4 0.224 10.23 4.052 0.01595 62.7 0.08955 11.167 0.66988 1.4928
4 0.25 11.35 4 0.01554 64.34 0.08726 11.459 0.6528 1.5319
4 0.28 12.62 3.94 0.01508 66.31 0.08467 11.811 0.63336 1.5789
4 0.3 13.46 3.9 0.01477 67.68 0.08296 12.055 0.62057 1.6114
658 0.28 18.97 6.065 0.03573 27.98 0.20062 4.984 1.5008 0.6663
658 0.3 20.27 6.025 0.03526 28.36 0.19798 5.051 1.48107 0.6752
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1427Go To Table of Contents


Fluid Engineering Calculations Where:
# PP = # of plugged perforations
Estimation of the Number of Perforations S = Volume fraction of solids (vol % solids/100)
Plugged with Solids Due to Fluid Loss: VL = Volume of fluid lost to perforations, bbl
Vp = Volume of a perforation (see note), in.3
(S)(VL)(9702) % PP = Percent of perforations that are plugged
# PP =
Vp
Note: The volume of one perforation tunnel can
be approximated by considering it to be a 10-in.
# PP
% PP = cylinder with a diameter of 0.5 in.: Volume,
(shots ft)(length of perfs) Vp 1.96 in.3
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1428Go To Table of Contents


Determine Stretch or Freepoint Where:
L = Strength in inches (in.)
Stretch: L = Length of pipe from surface to point of anchor
downhole (stuckpoint) in feet (ft)
( L )( F ) F = Force required to stretch pipe L distance,
L =
(2500)(A) in 1,000 lb (454 kg)
A = Cross sectional area of pipe or tubing,
Freepoint: in square inches (in.2)

Area of pipe = OD2 ID2 0.7854


( )
L=
(2500)(L)(A)
F
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1429Go To Table of Contents


Example: Weight-Up Formulas
Hook load is 120,000 lb. Pull 143,000 lb. Mark on
pipe moves up 16 in. Pipe is 4-in. drill pipe with (Without H2O and salt fraction)
an ID of 3.826 in. To weight up 1 bbl of fluid with dry salt:
Area of pipe = OD2 ID2 0.7854 = 4.4 in2
( ) W dF d1
lb of wt material per bbl of fluid =
( )
dWM dF
L=
(2500)(16)(4.4) = 7,652
23 dF d1
Volume increase per bbl of fluid =
dWM dF
Pipe is stuck at approximately 7,652 ft.
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1430Go To Table of Contents


To weight up 1 final bbl of fluid with Where:
dry salt material: dF = Final density
d1 = Initial density
lb of weight dWM = Density of weight material, lb/gal
material W dF d1 (See table on page 1532)
per final bbl of fluid =
( ) VF = Final volume
dWM dF
W = Weight factor, lb/bbl (See table on page 1532)
Volume of dF d1
initial fluid in bbl = 1 VF
dWM dF
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1431Go To Table of Contents


Densities of Weighting Agents
Specific lb/gal lb/bbl Sack
Weighting Agents Gravity (SG * 8.334) (lb/gal * 42) Sacks/bbl wt/lb
Barite 4.2 35 1,470 14.7 100
Calcium Carbonate 2.8 23.35 981 19.6 50
Calcium Bromide 3.353 27.96 1,174 21.3 55
Calcium Chloride 1.68 14 588 7.4 80
Potassium Chloride 1.988 16.6 696 13.9 50
7.0 100
Potassium Formate 1.91 15.9 669 12.2 55
Sodium Chloride 2.163 18.0 758 7.6 100
Sodium Bromide 3.205 26.7 1,123 20.4 55
Sodium Formate 1.919 16 672 12.2 55
Zinc Bromide 4.219 35.2 1,478 14.8 100
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Ammonium Chloride 1.54 12.84 539 10.8 50


Cesium Formate 2.4 20 841 8.4 100

1432Go To Table of Contents


Brines and Maximum Densities
Ammonium Chloride NH4Cl 8.90 1.067
Sodium Chloride NaCl 10.0 1.2
Calcium Chloride CaCl2 11.8 1.41
Calcium Chloride/ CaCl2/CaBr2 15.1 1.81
Calcium Bromide
Potassium Chloride KCl 9.8 1.175
Sodium Bromide NaBr 12.7 1.52
Calcium Bromide CaBr2 15.3 1.83
Zinc Bromide ZnBr2/CaBr 19.2 2.30
ZnBr2 20.5 2.46
Sodium Formate NaCOOH 11.0 1.32
Potassium Formate KCOOOH 13.1 1.57
Cesium Formate CsCOOH 19.9 2.386
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Note: Do not use these densities without referring to the brine tables for crystallization points.

1433Go To Table of Contents


Fluid Velocity (V): Hydraulic Calculations for
0.408 Q
( ) Non-Newtonian Fluids
Pipe: Vp =
ID2
Friction Loss in Pipe:
0.408 Q
( )
Annulus: Va = 2 2 2
D 2
( ) (D ) 1 Pp fp Vp d
( )
=
Lm 25.81(ID)
Where:
Q = flow rate (gal/min) Where:
Vp = fluid velocity in pipe, ft/sec Pp = pressure loss in pipe (psi)
Va = fluid velocity in annulus, ft/sec Lm = measured depth or length of pipe (ft)
D2 = ID casing or outer annulus wall (in.) Pp/Lm = psi/ft pressure loss
D1 = OD of tubing or inner annulus (in.) fp = friction factor for pipe
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

Vp = flow velocity in pipe (ft/sec)


d = density (lb/gal)
ID = ID of pipe (in.)

1434Go To Table of Contents


Friction Loss in Bit Nozzle: Ps = Pp + Pn + Pat

156 d Q 2
() Where:
Pn = 2 Ps = surface pressure
2 2 2
n1 +D n2 +D n3
(D ) Pp = pressure loss in pipe
Where:
Depending on well configuration the accuracy of
Pn = pressure loss in nozzles (psi)
Pat may be greater by using the following equation:
d = fluid density (lb/gal)
Q = flow rate (gal/min) Pat = Ps (Pp + Pn)
Dn = diameter of bit nozzles (132 in.)
Where:
Theoretically the surface (standpipe) pressure Pat = total annulus pressure loss
should equal the sum of the friction pressure
losses. Note: These pressures exist only when circulating
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1435Go To Table of Contents


Hydrostatic Pressure Gradient: Circulating Pressure Gradient
(Bottomhole):
Hydrostatic pressure Ph = 0.052(d)(L v)
Circulating pressure Pc = Ph + Pat
Hydrostatic pressure gradient Ph/L v = 0.052(d)
Circulating pressure gradient Pc = Ph + Pat
Where: L L v Lm
Ph = hydrostatic pressure (psi) Where:
Lv = True Vertical Depth (TVD) (ft) Pc = circulating pressure (psi)
d = density (lb/gal) Pc /L = circulating pressure gradient (psi/ft)
Ph/Lv = hydrostatic pressure gradient (psi/ft) L m = length (ft) or measured depth (ft)
(to depth of interest)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1436Go To Table of Contents


Average Pressure Loss or This can also be called the total annular
Total Annular Pressure Gradient: pressure gradient:

The pressure loss is calculated for each section Pat = total annulus pressure loss
of annulus and the average pressure loss can be Pat = Pa1 + Pa2 + Pa3 + . . . + Pan
calculated as follows: Lm = measured depth or length of pipe

Pa /L = pressure gradient, psi/ft


L = measured depth or depth of interest, ft

Pat/L m = (Pa1/L1) L1 + (Pa2/L2) L2 + (Pa3/L3) L3 . . .


Lm
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1437Go To Table of Contents


Power Law Model: R
= K n n a = 0.5 log 300
R3
where K and n are the values of interest

n = flow behavior index 5.1 R300


( )
Ka = na
K = consistency index 511
= shear stress
= shear rate Where: np = n for pipe
Where: Kp = K for pipe
For 600 and 300 rpm readings: Where: na = n for annulus
R Where: R3 = 3 rpm reading
n p = 3.32 log 600 Where: Ka = K for annulus
R300
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

5.1 R300
( )
Kp = np
511

1438Go To Table of Contents


Rheological Calculations for Effective Viscosity in Pipe:
Non-Newtonian Fluids 96 V
p
( ) n
e = 100 Kp
p p 1
Bingham Plastic, Effective Viscosity in ID
Pipe, and Effective Viscosity in Annulus: Vp = fluid velocity in pipe, ft/sec

Bingham Plastic Effective Viscosity in Annulus:


PV = R600 R300 (plastic viscosity) 144 V
( )a
YP = R300 PV (yield point) e = 100 Ka
a
na 1
D2 D1
R600 = rheometer reading at 600 rpm Va = fluid velocity in the annulus, ft/sec
R300 = rheometer reading at 300 rpm D2 = ID of casing or outer annulus wall (in.)
D1 = OD of tubing or inner annulus wall (in.)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

The above equations assume flow in pipe to


be at a higher shear rate than annular flow.

1439Go To Table of Contents


Capacity and Displacement Calculations Capacity of Annulus:
2 2
These formulas can be used to calculate the 2
( D ) (D ) 1
Ca in bbl / 100 ft =
capacity and displacement of any size pipe, 10.294
annulus or hole. 2 2
2
(D ) (D ) 1
Capacity of Pipe: Ca in bbl / ft =
1029.41
ID2 2 2
Cp in bbl / 100 ft = 2 1
10.294 Ca in cu ft / ft =
( D ) (D )
183.35
ID2
Cp in bbl / ft =
1029.41
ID2
Cp in cu ft / ft =
183.35
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1440Go To Table of Contents


Capacity of Hole: Capacity of Linear ft/bbl:
2
1029.41
(D) Cpl = = linear ft / bbl in pipe
Ch in bbl / 100 ft = ID2
10.294
2 183.35
= = linear ft / cu ft in pipe
Ch in bbl / ft =
(D) ID2
1029.41 1029.41
2 Cal = = linear ft / bbl in annulus
(D) OD2 ID2
Ch in cu ft / ft = 183.35
183.35 = = linear ft / cu ft in annulus
OD2 ID2
1029.41
Chl = = linear ft / bbl in hole
D2
183.35
= = linear ft / cu ft in hole
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

D2

1441Go To Table of Contents


Pump Output
Use these formulas in conjunction with the pump output table to determine pump output.

Note: 1. 1 stroke (stk) = 1 complete cycle


2. Double action pumps lose the rod capacity during of the stroke.
3. Cylinder and rod capacity is taken from the pump output table or calculated
by using the formula below.
Single Action Pumps:
% efficiency
Op gal / stk = cylinder capacity # of cylinders
( ) 100
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1442Go To Table of Contents


Double Action Pumps:
% efficiency
Op gal / stk = cylinder cap. # of cyldrs 2 rod displ. # of cyldrs
( ) [( ) ( )] 100

For these equations, # of cylinders is: Duplex = 2


Triplex = 3
Quintuplex =
D2 l
()
Cylinder capacity or rod displacement gal =
( ) 294.126
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1443Go To Table of Contents


Pump Output in bbl/min:
gal stk 1 bbl
Op bbl / min = Op
( )
stk min 42gal
bbl ft
Flow rate Q ft / min pipe or annulus = Q =
( )( )( )
min bbl

(bbl/ft taken from pipe tables)


Op = pump output, gal/stk
Q = flow rate, ft/min
D = diameter, in.
l = cylinder or rod length, in.
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1444Go To Table of Contents


Darcys Sand Height Calculation Forcheimers Sand Height Calculation
for Non-Turbulent Flow for Turbulent Flow
P K A P K A 2
H= H=
1279 Q 1279 Q A + 4.63 Q 2 K0.45

Where: Where:
H = height of fill, ft H = height of fill, ft
P = flowing differential pressure P = flowing differential pressure
K = gravel permeability, darcies = fluid density, lb/gal
A = cross-sectional flow area, ft2 K = gravel permeability, darcies
= fluid viscosity, cp A = cross-sectional flow area, ft2
Q = flow rate, bbl/min = fluid viscosity, cp
Q = flow rate, bbl/min
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1445Go To Table of Contents


Conversions and Tables
Multiply By To Obtain
acres 43,560 square feet (ft2)
atmospheres 14.7 pounds/square inches (lb/in.2)
barrels (U.S. liquid) 31.5 gallons U.S. liquid (gal)
barrels (oil) 42 gallons oil (gal)
centimeters 10 millimeters (mm)
centimeters 10,000 microns
centimeters 1. x 108 angstrom units
centimeters of mercury 0.4461 feet of water (ft)
centimeters of mercury 0.1934 pounds/square inch (psi)
centipoise 0.01 gr./centimeters-second
centipoise 6.72 x 104 pounds/foot-second (lb/ft-sec)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

cubic centimeters 3.531 x 105 cubic feet (ft3)


cubic centimeters 0.06102 cubic inches (in.3)
Continues on next page

1446Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
cubic centimeters 2.642 x 104 gallons U.S. liquid (gal)
cubic centimeters 1.0 x 103 liters (L)
cubic feet 1728 cubic inches (in.3)
cubic feet 0.02832 cubic meters (m3)
cubic feet 0.03704 cubic yards
cubic feet 7.48052 gallons U.S. liquid (gal)
cubic feet 28.32 liters (L)
cubic feet/minute 0.1247 gallons/second (gal/sec)
cubic feet/minute 0.472 liters/second (L/sec)
cubic meters 35.31 cubic feet (ft3)
cubic meters 61,023 cubic inches (in.3)
cubic meters 1.308 cubic yards
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

cubic meters 264.2 gallons U.S. liquid (gal)


Continues on next page

1447Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
cubic yards 27 cubic feet (ft3)
cubic yards 202 gallons U.S. liquid (gal)
fathoms 6.0 feet (ft)
feet 30.48 centimeters (cm)
feet 0.3048 meters (m)
feet/minute 0.01667 feet/second (ft/sec)
gallons 3785 cubic centimeters (cm3)
gallons 0.1337 cubic feet (ft3)
gallons 231 cubic inches (in.3)
gallons 3.785 x 103 cubic meters (m3)
gallons 3.785 liters (L)
gallons of water 8.33 pounds of water (lb)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

gallons/minute 2.228 x 103 cubic feet/second (ft3/sec)


Continues on next page

1448Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
gallons/minute 8.0208 cubic feet/hour (ft3/hr)
grams 0.03527 ounces (oz)
grams 2.205 x 103 pounds (lb)
grams/cubic centimeters 62.43 pounds/cubic foot (lb/ft3)
grams/cubic centimeters 0.03613 pounds/cubic inches (lb/in.3)
grams/liter 0.06227 pounds/cubic foot (lb/ft3)
grams/square centimeters 2.0481 pounds/square foot (lb/ft2)
inches 2.54 centimeters (cm)
inches of mercury 1.133 feet of water (ft)
inches of mercury 0.4912 pounds/square inch (lb/in.2)
kilograms 1000 grams (g)
kilograms 2.2046 pounds (lb)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

kilograms 1.102 x 103 tons short (tons)


Continues on next page

1449Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
kilograms/cubic meter 0.06243 pounds/cubic ft (lb/ft3)
kilograms/cubic meter 3.613 x 105 pounds/cubic inch (lb/in.3)
kilograms/square centimeters 2048 pounds/square foot (lb/ft2)
kilograms/square centimeters 14.22 pounds/square inch (lb/in.2)
kilograms/square meter 0.2048 pounds/square foot (lb/ft2)
kilograms/square meter 1.422 x 103 pounds/square inch (lb/in.2)
knots 6076 feet/hour (ft/hr)
knots 1.0 nautical miles/hour (mph)
knots 1.151 statute miles/hour (mph)
liters 0.2642 gallons U.S. liquid (gal)
liters 1.057 quarts U.S. liquid (qt)
liters/minute 5.886 x 104 cubic feet/second (ft3/sec)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

liters/minute 4.403 x 103 gallons/second (gal/sec)


Continues on next page

1450Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
meters 3.281 feet (ft)
meters 1.0 x 103 kilometers (km)
meters 39.37 inches (in.)
meters/minute 3.281 feet/minute (ft/min)
meters/minute 0.05468 feet/second (ft/sec)
meters/minute 0.03728 miles/hour (mph)
meters/second 196.8 feet/minute (ft/min)
meters/second 3.281 feet/second (ft/sec)
micromicrons 1.0 x 1012 meters (m)
microns 1.0 x 106 meters (m)
miles (nautical) 1.1516 miles, statute
miles (statute) 5280 feet (ft)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

miles (statute) 1609 meters (m)


Continues on next page

1451Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
millimeters 3.281 x 103 feet (ft)
millimeters 0.03937 inches (in.)
ounces 28.349 grams (g)
ppm SG mg/L
pints (liquid) 0.125 gallons (gal)
pints (liquid) 0.4732 liters (L)
pounds 453.59 grams (g)
pounds 0.45359 kilograms (kg)
pounds 16 ounces (oz)
pounds of water 0.01602 cubic feet (ft3)
pounds of water 27.68 cubic inches (in.3)
pounds of water 0.1198 gallons (gal)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

pounds/cubic feet 16.02 kilograms/cubic meter (kg/m3)


Continues on next page

1452Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
pounds/cubic inches 1728 pounds/cubic feet (lb/ft3)
pounds/foot 1.488 kilograms/meter (kg/m)
pounds/square foot 4.882 kilograms/square meter (kg/m2)
pounds/square foot 6.944 x 103 pounds/square inch (lb/in.2)
pounds/square inches 2.307 feet of water (ft)
pounds/square inches 2.036 inches of mercury (in.)
pounds/square inches 703.1 kilograms/square meter (kg/m2)
pounds/square inches 144 pounds/square foot (lb/ft2)
pounds/square inches 0.0703 kilograms/square centimeters (kg/cm2)
quarts (liquid) 0.25 gallons (gal)
quarts (liquid) 0.9463 liters (L)
rods 16.5 feet (ft)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

square centimeters 1.076 x 103 square feet (ft2)


Continues on next page

1453Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
square centimeters 0.155 square inches (in.2)
square centimeters 1.0 x 104 square meters (m2)
square feet 144 square inches (in.2)
square feet 0.0929 square meters (m2)
square feet 0.1111 square yards
square inches 6.944 x 103 square feet (ft2)
square meters 10.76 square feet (ft2)
square meters 1550 square inches (in.2)
square meters 1.196 square yards
square miles 640 acres
square miles 2.788 x 10+7 square feet (ft2)
square millimeters 1.076 x 105 square feet (ft2)
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

square millimeters 1.55 x 103 square inches (in.2)


Continues on next page

1454Go To Table of Contents


Continued from previous page
Multiply By To Obtain
square yards 2.066 x 104 acres
square yards 9.0 square feet (ft2)
square yards 1296 square inches (in.2)
square yards 0.8361 square meters (m2)
square yards 3.228 x 107 square miles
tons (long) 2240 pounds (lb)
tons (metric) 1000 kilograms (kg)
tons (short) 907.18 kilograms (kg)
tons (short) 2000 pounds (lb)
tons (short) 2430 Pounds troy
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES

1455Go To Table of Contents


COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 15
LIST OF PRODUCTS

LIST OF PRODUCTS
15.

Go To Table of Contents
LIST OF PRODUCTS
Clear Brine Systems
Ammonium Chloride (dry)
Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride Brine System
Calcium Bromide Brine System
Calcium Bromide (dry)
Calcium Bromide (liquid)
Calcium Chloride Brine System
Calcium Chloride (dry)
Calcium Chloride (liquid)
Cesium Formate (liquid)
Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate Brine System
Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate/
Sodium Formate Brine System
Potassium Chloride Brine System
Potassium Chloride (dry)
Potassium Formate Brine System
Potassium Formate (dry)
Sodium Bromide Brine System
Sodium Bromide (dry)
Sodium Bromide (liquid)
Sodium Bromide/Sodium Chloride Brine System
Sodium Chloride Brine System
Sodium Chloride (dry)
Sodium Formate Brine System
Sodium Formate (dry)
Zinc Bromide/Calcium Bromide (liquid)
Zinc Bromide/Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride
Brine System
Cesium Formate Brine System

Reservoir Drill-In Fluids Systems


FLOPRO NT Minimal solids, non-
damaging WB RDF system
FLOPRO SF Solids-free, non-damaging
WB RDF system
FLOTHRU Organophilic filter-cake
system

151 Go To Table of Contents


LIST OF PRODUCTS
DIPRO High-density, biopolymer-
free, divalent brine RDF
system
VERSAPRO Oil-base RDF system
VERSAPRO LS Low-solids oil-base RDF
system
NOVAPRO Synthetic olefin-base RDF
system
FAZEPRO Reversible invert-emulsion
RDF system

Reservoir Drill-In Fluids Products


DI-ANTIFOAM Antifoaming agent for the
DIPRO system
DI-BALANCE Viscosifier for the DIPRO
system
DI-BOOST Secondary viscosifier for the
DIPRO system
DI-INHIB Shale inhibitor for the
DIPRO system
DI-TROL Filtration-control agent for
the DIPRO system
DUAL-FLO Fluid-loss additive for the
FLOPRO NT system
DUAL-FLO HT Fluid-loss reducer for high-
temperature applications
FAZE-MUL Emulsifier for FAZEPRO system
FAZE-WET Wetting agent for FAZEPRO
system
FLO-TROL Starch derivative filtration
control agent for FLOPRO NT
system
FLO-VIS L Pre-dispersed, clarified
xanthan gum solution
FLO-VIS NT Non-dispersable, non-
clarified xanthan gum
FLO-VIS PLUS Premium clarified xanthan
for FLOPRO NT system
FLO-WATE Sized-salt weighting agent
for FLOPRO NT system

152 Go To Table of Contents


LIST OF PRODUCTS
K-52 Non-chloride potassium
supplement for FLOPRO NT
system
KLA-STOP Shale stabilizer
KLA-GARD Shale stabilizer
KLA-GARD B Salt-free shale stabilizer
SAFE-CARB Ground marble weighting
agent

Breaker Systems
BREAKFREE Disperses FLOPRO NT
filter cake
BREAKDOWN Dissolves FLOPRO NT
filter cake
FAZEBREAK Disperses FAZEPRO filter cake

Breaker Products
D-SOLVER Chelant
D-SOLVER PLUS Chelant
D-SPERSE Surfactant-base dispersant
WELLZYME A Enzyme breaker with biocide
for WB RDF fluids
WELLZYME NS Enzyme breaker meets North
Sea Environmental standard
WELLZYME ME Enzyme breaker, Middle East

Displacement Chemicals
SAFE-SOLV OM Solvent for OBM and
pipe-dope removal
SAFE-SOLV 148 Solvent for OBM
SAFE-SOLV E Solvent for OBM and
pipe-dope removal
SAFE-SURF E General-purpose
displacement surfactant
SAFE-SURF NS General-purpose
displacement solvent/
surfactant blend for North Sea
SAFE-SURF O Surfactant for OBM
SAFE-SURF W Surfactant for WBM

153 Go To Table of Contents


LIST OF PRODUCTS
SAFE-SURF WN Water-base mud displacement
surfactant, North Sea
SAFE-T-PICKLE Pipe-dope solvent

Viscosifiers
DUO-VIS Xanthan gum
DUO-VIS L Liquified xanthan gum,
non-clarified
DUO-VIS PLUS NS Xanthan gum, non-
dispersible, non-clarified
for North Sea use
SAFE-LINK 110 Cross-linked cellulose polymer
used to control brine losses
SAFE-LINK 140 Cross-linked cellulose polymer
used to control high-density
brine losses
SAFE-VIS Dry HEC
SAFE-VIS E Liquid HEC
SAFE-VIS LE Liquid HEC, North Sea version
SAFE-VIS HDE Liquid HEC for high-density
brines
SAFE-VIS OGS Specially formulated
liquid HEC

Corrosion Inhibitors
SAFE-COR Organic amine corrosion
inhibitor
SAFE-COR C Organic amine corrosion
inhibitor
SAFE-COR E Organic amine corrosion
inhibitor
SAFE-COR HT High-temperature, thiocynate
corrosion inhibitor
SAFE-COR 220X Brine-soluble amide corrosion
inhibitor
SAFE-SCAV CA Sulphur-free oxygen
scavenger
SAFE-SCAV HS Zinc-free brine soluble
H2S scavenger
SAFE-SCAV NA Oxygen scavenger

154 Go To Table of Contents


LIST OF PRODUCTS
Specialty Chemicals
FILTER FLOC Flocculant
SAFE-BREAK CBF Emulsion preventer for
calcium-base brine
SAFE-BREAK ZINC Emulsion preventer for zinc-
bromide brines
SAFE-BREAK 611 Emulsion preventer for
monovalent brines
SAFE-DFOAM Defoamer for brine systems
SAFE-FLOC II Flocculant
SAFE-LUBE Water-soluble brine lubricant
SAFE-SCAVITE Scale inhibitor
Greencide 25G Biocide
STARGLIDE Lubricant for brine and
water-base RDFs
SAFE-CIDE Triazine biocide, Eastern
Hemisphere only
EMI-530 Temperature stabilizer
PTS-200 Temperature stabilizer

Specialty Systems
SEAL-N-PEEL Removable fluid-loss
control pill
SAFETHERM Insulating packer fluid
SAFE-VIS HT LD High-temperature, HEC-base
fluid-loss pill
FLO-DENSE AP Annular kill fluid
FLOPRO CT Coiled-tubing
intervention fluid

155 Go To Table of Contents


1 18
1.0 Relative atomic mass 4.0

1 Symbol
H
Hydrogen
He Helium
1 Atomic number 2
2 13 14 15 16 17
6.9 9.0 Key 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
Those numbers appearing within brackets are the mass numbers of common isotopes
2 Li Be Those elements underlined are radioactive B C N O F Ne
Lithium Beryllium Boron Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen Fluorine Neon
3 4 N element is a gas 5 6 7 8 9 10
23.0 24.3 element is a liquid at room temperature and pressure 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
Hg
3 }
Na Mg Li element is a solid Al Si P S Cl Ar
Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorus Sulphur Chlorine Argon
11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
4 K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
Potassium Calcium Scandium Titanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese Iron Cobalt Nickel Copper Zinc Gallium Germanium Arsenic Selenium Bromine Krypton
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 (99) 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3
5 Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Indium Tin Antimony Tellurium Iodine Xenon
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
132.9 137.3 138.9 * 178.5 181.0 183.9 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 (210) (210) (222)
6 Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
Caesium Barium Lanthanum Hafnium Tantalum Tungsten Rhenium Osmium Iridium Platinum Gold Mercur y Thallium Lead Bismuth Polonium Astatine Radon
THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS

55 56 57 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

(223) (226) (227) (261) (262) (263) (262) (265) (266)
7 Fr Ra Ac Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt
Francium Radium Actinium Ruther fordium Dubnium Seabor gium Bohrium Hassium Meitnerium
87 88 89 104 105 106 107 108 109

Continues on next page

Go To Table of Contents
Xe

Rn

Continued from previous page


140.1 140.9 144.2 (147) 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.0 175.0
* 58-71 Lanthanide series Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71
232.0 (231) 238.1 (237) (244) (243) (247) (247) (251) (252) (257) (258) (259) (260)
90-103 Actinide series
Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Califor nium Einsteinium Fer mium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawr encium
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103
THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS

Go To Table of Contents
NOTICE
The information and data contained herein and
all interpretations and/or recommendations
made in connection therewith, whether writ-
ten herein or elsewhere, or presented orally,
have been carefully prepared and considered. It
must be understood, however, that in addition
to the necessity for relying on facts and sup-
porting services furnished by others, there are
many variable well conditions of and over
which M-I SWACO can have no knowledge or
control. Therefore, the information and data
and all interpretations and/or recommen-
dations made in connection therewith are pre-
sented solely as a guide, for the users
consideration, investigation and verification,
and no warranties of any kind, express or
implied, are made in connection therewith. In
these premises and in consideration thereof,
any user of such information, data, interpreta-
tions and/or recommendations agrees to
indemnify and save harmless M-I SWACO from
all claims and actions for loss, damages, death
or injury, to persons or property, including,
without limitation, subsurface damage, subsur-
face trespass, or injury to the well or reservoir,
allegedly, based on or arising out of use of same,
whether or not such claims or actions are based
upon the purported negligence of M-I SWACO in
the preparation of furnishing the same.

The users agreement to indemnify and save


harmless M-I SWACO hereunder shall apply in
favor of all its affiliates, subsidiaries, branches
and divisions, as well as to any contribution
hereto to whom it or they may be liable in the
absence of this notice.

Go To Table of Contents
P.O. Box 42842
Houston, Texas 77242-2842
Tel: 2815611300
Fax: 2815611441
www.miswaco.com
E-mail: questions@miswaco.com

Technology Centers:
HOUSTON, TEXAS
Tel: 2815611300 Fax: 2815611441
ABERDEEN, SCOTLAND
Tel: 441224334634 Fax: 441224334650
STAVANGER, NORWAY
Tel: 4751577300 Fax: 4751570605

This information is supplied solely for informational purposes and M-I SWACO makes no
guarantees or warranties, either expressed or implied, with respect to the accuracy and use
of this data. All product warranties and guarantees shall be governed by the Standard Terms
of Sale. Nothing in this document is legal advice or is a substitute for competent legal advice.

2005 M-I L.L.C. All rights reserved. CMC.0306.0605.R1 (E) 1M Litho in U.S.A.

You might also like